<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Gerry+Fogg</id>
	<title>Irish Climbing Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Gerry+Fogg"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Gerry_Fogg"/>
	<updated>2026-04-30T21:47:55Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5104</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5104"/>
		<updated>2026-04-30T11:08:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: /* STACK'S CLIFF */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere, to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others.  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named by location or by obvious identifying feature or by common usage or else, after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs - or indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland - to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==THE SMALL CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
 Access - there is a lot of wet ground between the car park and the various small crags.&lt;br /&gt;
For Yerr Own Are The Worst and Leviathan: keep left behind the big boulder to the sloping hillside.&lt;br /&gt;
For the rest: follow the path towards the Falls until a ridge of moraine provides a dry path across.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2693.jpg|thumb|Mahon Small Crags]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEVIATHAN'''  9m E3 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- life without society.&lt;br /&gt;
This is the crack 1m left of Yerr Own Are The Worst.  It goes straight up and then left behind a flake.&lt;br /&gt;
A hard and sustained fight from the very start.  Placing and clipping gear whilst maintaining position is a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg 28/5/2026  On sight. Unseconded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST'''  9m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PAEAN TO ST. ITA'''   30m  HS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: this is on the buttress to the left and higher up than Sunday’s Joy.&lt;br /&gt;
The route follows the clean (but uncleaned crack).  &lt;br /&gt;
Follow the rock until it runs out.  Carry on for 20m to find belay anchors and return to the top to bring up your second.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M Griffin 28/5/2026 On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5103</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5103"/>
		<updated>2026-04-30T11:07:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: /* STACK'S CLIFF */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere, to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others.  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named by location or by obvious identifying feature or by common usage or else, after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs - or indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland - to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==THE SMALL CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
 Access - there is a lot of wet ground between the car park and the various small crags.&lt;br /&gt;
For Yerr Own Are The Worst and Leviathan: keep left behind the big boulder to the sloping hillside.&lt;br /&gt;
For the rest: follow the path towards the Falls until a ridge of moraine provides a dry path across.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2693.jpg|thumb|Mahon Small Crags]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEVIATHAN'''  9m E3 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- life without society.&lt;br /&gt;
This is the crack 1m left of Yerr Own Are The Worst.  It goes straight up and then left behind a flake.&lt;br /&gt;
A hard and sustained fight from the very start.  Placing and clipping gear whilst maintaining position is a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg 28/5/2026  On sight. Unseconded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST'''  9m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PAEAN TO ST. ITA'''   30m  HS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: this is on the buttress to the left and higher up than Sunday’s Joy.&lt;br /&gt;
The route follows the clean (but uncleaned crack).  &lt;br /&gt;
Follow the rock until it runs out.  Carry on for 20m to find belay anchors and return to the top to bring up your second.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M Griffin 28/5/2026 On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5102</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5102"/>
		<updated>2026-04-30T11:05:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: /* THE SMALL CRAGS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere, to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others.  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named by location or by obvious identifying feature or by common usage or else, after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs - or indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland - to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==THE SMALL CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
 Access - there is a lot of wet ground between the car park and the various small crags.&lt;br /&gt;
For Yerr Own Are The Worst and Leviathan: keep left behind the big boulder to the sloping hillside.&lt;br /&gt;
For the rest: follow the path towards the Falls until a ridge of moraine provides a dry path across.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2693.jpg|thumb|Mahon Small Crags]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEVIATHAN'''  9m E3 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- life without society.&lt;br /&gt;
This is the crack 1m left of Yerr Own Are The Worst.  It goes straight up and then left behind a flake.&lt;br /&gt;
A hard and sustained fight from the very start.  Placing and clipping gear whilst maintaining position is a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg 28/5/2026  On sight. Unseconded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST'''  9m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PAEAN TO ST. ITA'''   30m  HS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: this is on the buttress to the left and higher up than Sunday’s Joy.&lt;br /&gt;
The route follows the clean (but uncleaned crack).  &lt;br /&gt;
Follow the rock until it runs out.  Carry on for 20m to find belay anchors and return to the top to bring up your second.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M Griffin 28/5/2026 On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=File:Mahon_Small_Crags.jpeg&amp;diff=5101</id>
		<title>File:Mahon Small Crags.jpeg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=File:Mahon_Small_Crags.jpeg&amp;diff=5101"/>
		<updated>2026-04-30T07:49:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5100</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5100"/>
		<updated>2026-04-30T07:46:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: /* THE SMALL CRAGS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere, to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others.  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named by location or by obvious identifying feature or by common usage or else, after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs - or indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland - to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==THE SMALL CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
 Acess - there is a lot of wet ground between the car park and the various small crags.&lt;br /&gt;
For Yerr Own Are The Worst and Leviathan: keep left behind the big boulder to the sloping hillside.&lt;br /&gt;
For the rest: follow the path towards the Falls until a ridge of moraine provides a dry path across.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:IMG 2693.jpg|thumb|Mahon Small Crags]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEVIATHAN'''  9m E3 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- life without society.&lt;br /&gt;
This is the crack 1m left of Yerr Own Are The Worst.  It goes straight up and then left behind a flake.&lt;br /&gt;
A hard and sustained fight from the very start.  Placing and clipping gear whilst maintaining position is a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg 28/5/2026  On sight. Unseconded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST'''  9m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PAEAN TO ST. ITA'''   30m  HS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: this is on the buttress to the left and higher up than Sunday’s Joy.&lt;br /&gt;
The route follows the clean (but uncleaned crack).  &lt;br /&gt;
Follow the rock until it runs out.  Carry on for 20m to find belay anchors and return to the top to bring up your second.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M Griffin 28/5/2026 On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5099</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5099"/>
		<updated>2026-04-30T07:37:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: /* THE SMALL CRAGS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere, to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others.  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named by location or by obvious identifying feature or by common usage or else, after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs - or indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland - to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==THE SMALL CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
 Acess - there is a lot of wet ground between the car park and the various small crags.&lt;br /&gt;
For Yerr Own Are The Worst and Leviathan: keep left behind the big boulder to the sloping hillside.&lt;br /&gt;
For the rest: follow the path towards the Falls until a ridge of moraine provides a dry path across.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEVIATHAN'''  9m E3 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- life without society.&lt;br /&gt;
This is the crack 1m left of Yerr Own Are The Worst.  It goes straight up and then left behind a flake.&lt;br /&gt;
A hard and sustained fight from the very start.  Placing and clipping gear whilst maintaining position is a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg 28/5/2026  On sight. Unseconded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST'''  9m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PAEAN TO ST. ITA'''   30m  HS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: this is on the buttress to the left and higher up than Sunday’s Joy.&lt;br /&gt;
The route follows the clean (but uncleaned crack).  &lt;br /&gt;
Follow the rock until it runs out.  Carry on for 20m to find belay anchors and return to the top to bring up your second.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M Griffin 28/5/2026 On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5098</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5098"/>
		<updated>2026-04-30T07:23:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere, to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others.  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named by location or by obvious identifying feature or by common usage or else, after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs - or indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland - to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==THE SMALL CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
 Acess - there is a lot of wet ground between the car park and the various small crags.&lt;br /&gt;
For Yerr Own Are The Worst and Leviathan: keep left behind the big boulder to the sloping hillside.&lt;br /&gt;
For the rest: follow the path towards the Falls until a ridge of moraine provides a dry path across.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEVIATHAN'''  9m E3 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- life without society.&lt;br /&gt;
This is the crack 1m left of Yerr Own Are The Worst.  It goes straight up and then left behind a flake.&lt;br /&gt;
A hard and sustained fight from the very start.  Placing and clipping gear whilst maintaining position is a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg 28/5/2026  On sight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST'''  9m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PAEAN TO ST. ITA'''   30m  HS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: this is on the buttress to the left and higher up than Sunday’s Joy.&lt;br /&gt;
The route follows the clean (but uncleaned crack).  &lt;br /&gt;
Follow the rock until it runs out.  Carry on for 20m to find belay anchors and return to the top to bring up your second.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M Griffin 28/5/2026 On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5097</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5097"/>
		<updated>2026-04-30T07:21:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere, to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others.  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named by location or by obvious identifying feature or by common usage or else, after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs - or indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland - to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==THE SMALL CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
 Acess - there is a lot of wet ground between the car park and the various small crags.&lt;br /&gt;
For Yerr Own Are The Worst and Leviathan: keep left behind the big boulder to the sloping hillside.&lt;br /&gt;
For the rest: follow the path towards the Falls until a ridge of moraine provides a dry path across.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEVIATHAN'''  9m E3 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- life without society.&lt;br /&gt;
This is the crack 1m left of Yerr Own Are The Worst.  It goes straight up and then left behind a flake.&lt;br /&gt;
A hard and sustained fight from the very start.  Placing and clipping gear whilst maintaining position is a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg 28/5/2026  On sight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST'''  9m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PAEAN TO ST. ITA'''   30m  HS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: this is on the buttress to the left and higher up than Sunday’s Joy.&lt;br /&gt;
The route follows the clean (but uncleaned crack).  &lt;br /&gt;
Follow the rock until it runs out.  Carry on for 20m to find belay anchors and return to the top to bring up your second.&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M Griffin 28/5/2026 On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5096</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5096"/>
		<updated>2026-04-30T07:19:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: /* THE SMALL CRAGS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere, to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others.  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named by location or by obvious identifying feature or by common usage or else, after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs - or indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland - to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==THE SMALL CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
 Acess - there is a lot of wet ground between the car park and the various small crags.&lt;br /&gt;
For Yerr Own Are The Worst and Leviathan: keep left behind the big boulder to the sloping hillside.&lt;br /&gt;
For the rest: follow the path towards the Falls until a ridge of moraine provides a dry path across.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEVIATHAN'''9m E3 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- life without society.&lt;br /&gt;
This is the crack 1m left of Yerr Own Are The Worst.  It goes straight up and then left behind a flake.&lt;br /&gt;
A hard and sustained fight from the very start.  Placing and clipping gear whilst maintaining position is a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg 28/5/2026  On sight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST''' 9m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PAEAN TO ST. ITA'''  30m  HS&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: this is on the buttress to the left and higher up than Sunday’s Joy.&lt;br /&gt;
The route follows the clean (but uncleaned crack).  &lt;br /&gt;
Follow the rock until it runs out.  Carry on for 20m to find belay anchors and return to the top to bring up your second.&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M Griffin 28/5/2026 On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5095</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5095"/>
		<updated>2026-04-30T06:59:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: /* THE SMALL CRAGS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere, to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others.  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named by location or by obvious identifying feature or by common usage or else, after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs - or indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland - to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==THE SMALL CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
 Acess - there is a lot of wet ground between the car park and the various small crags.&lt;br /&gt;
For Yerr Own Are The Worst and Leviathan: keep left behind the big boulder to the sloping hillside.&lt;br /&gt;
For the rest: follow the path towards the Falls until a ridge of moraine provides a dry path across.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
’’’LEVIATHAN’’’ 9m E3 5c&lt;br /&gt;
- life without society.&lt;br /&gt;
This is the crack 1m left of Yerr Own Are The Worst.  It goes straight up and then left behind a flake.&lt;br /&gt;
A hard and sustained fight from the very start.  Placing and clipping gear whilst maintaining position is a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg 28/5/2026  On sight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST''' 9m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
’’’PAEAN TO ST. ITA’’’  30m  HS&lt;br /&gt;
Location: this is on the buttress to the left and higher up than Sunday’s Joy.&lt;br /&gt;
The route follows the clean (but uncleaned crack).  &lt;br /&gt;
Follow the rock until it runs out.  Carry on for 20m to find belay anchors and return to the top to bring up your second.&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M Griffin 28/5/2026 On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5094</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=5094"/>
		<updated>2026-04-30T06:51:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere, to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others.  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named by location or by obvious identifying feature or by common usage or else, after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs - or indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland - to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==THE SMALL CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
 Acess - there is a lot of wet ground between the car park and the various small crags.&lt;br /&gt;
For Yerr Own Are The Worst and Leviathan: keep left behind the big boulder to the sloping hillside.&lt;br /&gt;
For the rest: follow the path towards the Falls until a ridge of moraine provides a dry path across.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘’’LEVIATHAN’’’ 9m E3 5c&lt;br /&gt;
- life without society.&lt;br /&gt;
This is the crack 1m left of Yerr Own Are The Worst.  It goes straight up and then left behind a flake.&lt;br /&gt;
A hard and sustained fight from the very start.  Placing and clipping gear whilst maintaining position is a challenge.&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg 28/5/2026  On sight. Unseconded.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST''' 9m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
‘’’PAEAN TO ST. ITA’’’  30m  HS&lt;br /&gt;
Location: this is on the buttress to the left and higher up than Sunday’s Joy.&lt;br /&gt;
The route follows the clean (but uncleaned crack).  &lt;br /&gt;
Follow the rock until it runs out.  Carry on for 20m to find belay anchors and return to the top to bring up your second.&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M Griffin 28/5/2026 On sight.&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/ref&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=South-facing_Cliff&amp;diff=5018</id>
		<title>South-facing Cliff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=South-facing_Cliff&amp;diff=5018"/>
		<updated>2026-01-10T18:54:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: /* Crusader Buttress */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;===Crusader Buttress===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This is a small buttress split by two obvious corners, above the north east corner of the lake, and to the left (west) of the main south-facing cliff.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SALADIN'''  E2 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Just left of ''Crusader'',  this is the crack that splits the overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
G Fogg, H Fogg 7/8/06	onsight&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CRUSADER''' 	35m	VS 4b, 5a Proposed revised grade: HVS 5a,4c/5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey. 9th Sept 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the left of the two obvious cracks in the buttress. The first move on the overhang is technically about 5a but it is well protected, thus a VS grade. Scramble (about V Diff) to the base of the route from the right. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 25m. Climb the corner with excellent protection to the overhang. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 10m. Climb the overhang with confidence and wide bridging. Finish up the corner and belay at the west end of the overhanging block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CUE FOR CLARE''' 	22m	HVS 5a, 5b Proposed revised grade: VS 4b,4c/5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. O'Riordan, D. O'Connell. April 1982&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the right-hand corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 18 m. Climb the right-hand corner with increasing difficulty to a sloping platform and belay at the back. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 4m. From the platform, climb overhanging back wall (crux) and exit onto heather.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Upper Tier===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Located on a wall to the right of the large main face gully which delineates the northern side of the East Face proper. The wall is bounded on its left by a large grassy ramp sloping upwards from left to right and connecting with the upper sheep terrace, and bounded on its right by a deep chimney. Access to the terrace below the wall is either from above via the ramp, or up diagonally from the 'Crusader/Cue for Clare' area via a series of terraces. The wall is distinguished by 2 parallel cracks in its centre. This climb starts up the left crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEMPORARY SHELTER''' 	35m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin. Autumn 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start - Climb the left-hand crack to where the larger right-hand crack is joined. Continue straight on up the face, keeping somewhat to the right of the large crack. (Led on - sight).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TASTE THE FROCHANS''' 35m HVS 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To the right of ''Temporary Shelter''. From the boulder, easily up right to ledges.  Follow the twin cracks, with protection in each, taking the left one near the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G Fogg, H Fogg, H Fogg 14/8/06  onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Main South Facing Cliff==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This cliff lies to the north of the lake and is thus south facing, thus it gets the bulk of the sunshine and dries out quicker than any other cliff in the area. It is laid back at an angle of approximately 70% in the main, thus is possibly more inviting for the novice than the more impending north facing cliffs. It was one of the earliest cliffs to be climbed on in the Comeraghs, and with its characteristic 'conglomerate' rock, it did not encourage the earlier climbers to persist in developing climbing in the area. Despite this, many of the climbs are safe, well protected and on compact rock.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:cs39 to 45 south.png|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SHELTERED GROOVE'''  30m VS 5a 4c  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the very left (West) end of the ledge, 15 m left of ''The Other Diamond -'' beyond where climbing might be expected - is a deep SW-facing groove.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1 15m 5a   Bridge delicately up the groove. Belay above.   &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2 15m  4b  Bridge up more easily until, past halfway, take to the right-hand wall and follow the cracks to by-pass the ceiing.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble to the top and descend via the E gully.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G Fogg, M Griffin 6/3/2022 onsight.                &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE OTHER DIAMOND'''   18m    S 4a.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Kevin Duffy, Jane Byrne, Grainne Burke, 3 September 2010&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start about 5m left of Stevedores, at the left end of a small overhang with a&lt;br /&gt;
shelf underneath, at a left-facing, open-book corner with a&lt;br /&gt;
continuous crack up the right-hand side. Go up the corner to a vague&lt;br /&gt;
overlap at about 12m then move 1.5m left before moving up a slab for&lt;br /&gt;
about 3m to 2 grassy ledges. Belay on the higher one, which has a small&lt;br /&gt;
holly tree.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''Continuation:'' Just keep going up the corner at the same grade or less. Take a belay at 30m, where the crack reappears to provide anchors, and carry on for another 15m to a total of 45m before scrambling for the top and descent via gully.  G Fogg, M Griffin 19/3/2022&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''37. STEVEDORES''' 	80m	VS 4c, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, S. Ryan. November 1988&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the steep west facing corner capped by an overhang left of centre on the crag. Start on the terrace below a leftward-facing corner which is capped at about 15m by an overhang, and just left of the rib of Road to Nowhere. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m. Climb the corner with increasing difficulty to below the overhang. Step right onto the arete or straight up and up the slab to a large ledge to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 20m. Move right and climb the rightward-facing corner to an overhang which is climbed by a good crack to gain the ledge above. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. 40m. Finish up the prominent rib of Road to Nowhere, or wander off diagonally leftwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''38. ROAD TO NOWHERE''' 	75m	E1 5c, 4c, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, T. Flynn. May 1986&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route starts from the second terrace of the main south-facing cliff, and takes a line left of centre up the face, finishing up an easy but exposed rib. Start - Below a small cracked overhang at 7 m. , just right of Stevedores. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20 m. Climb up to the left side of the overhang and surmount it via the crack. Climb the slab above to a large ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 15 m. Climb the slab to the left, through an overlap and up to broken ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. 40 m. Trend rightward onto a prominent rib and ascend this on large holds for 20 m. Easy ground to belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''38.1  EREWHON'''   75m  HS  4c 4a 4a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 15m left of ''Monkey Business,'' at the narrowest point of the path.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 15m.  Follow the left edge of the overlap. At 8m is a furzy niche; resist the prickly allure of this and instead, break out right onto the slab, past a horizontal break, to belay on small spikes above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  20m.  Having traversed left 4m over easy ground, follow the edge of the overlap in a leftward-curving arc and continue up a groove to belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 40m.  Follow the blunt arete (same as for Road to Nowhere).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G Fogg, M Griffin  27/3/2022  onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''39 MONKEY BUSINESS''' 	40m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
C. Gibbon, S. Gallwey November 1985&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb is located on the right-hand side of the main face and follows a left-trending groove from the second ledge to a ledge complex at two-thirds height. Descent is by abseil or by climbing down into the eastern gully (about VD). Start - About 10 m. along the second ledge from the east gully, at a fist-sized crack. Climb the 2 m. crack and step left to another short crack to gain a large ledge. Climb the face of the perched block to gain the left-hand groove, which is climbed as far as the overhang. Traverse right for 2m. and climb a short undercut corner to arrive on the ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''40 SER VISAL'S TAIL''' 	35m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
C. Gibbon and friend. June 1986&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route follows a corner just right of Monkey Business to finish at the same ledge. The route is marked (at present) by a shook looking Rowan tree in the upper section of the crack. Start - At a slab just right of a break in the face. Climb the slab and step right into the bottom of a corner. Climb this and the cracks above past the tree to the large ledge to belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Note'''  The advice for getting down from the last two routes is to abseil or else to down climb into the E gully.  Good luck with that: for anyone attempting an unrehearsed down climb, a shadowy figure, wearing a hood and carrying a scythe awaits your precipitate arrival at the bottom of the gully. Much better is to climb to the top. The next three routes offer themselves.'' (Rockinghorse People ''is mis-numbered as 43 on topo).''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''41 DEVICES AND DESIRES''' 	25m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, R Power. November 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route goes up the centre of the slab above the gorse endowed ledge at the top of Ser Visal's Tail and Monkey Business. Climb up the crack/groove, about 10m left of Rockinghorse People, into a hollow. Move left and up and then straight back right into a vegetated crack for protection. From here, follow the slab to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''STRAIGHT UP'''  20m  HS 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Directly above the holly grove at the top of ''Monkey Business,'' in the middle between ''Devices and Desires'' and ''Rockinghorse people'', is a sparse crack leading up to, and through an overlap. Follow this.  Where the crack fades, trend left. Gear placements are not ‘on demand’ but enough appear for peace of mind.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G Fogg, M Griffin  19/3/2022  onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''42 ROCKINGHORSE PEOPLE''' 	20m	VS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin 1st February 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb starts from the ledge complex two-thirds of the way up the crag at the top of Ser Visal's Tale and Monkey Business and climbs the steepest part of the right-hand side of the rock face above. Start - Above and slightly right of the bay of prickly shrubs beneath a steep crack and corner. Climb the wall just left of the good crack, using it and another crack to the left for protection. Continue on up to a niche below an overlap which is surmounted to gain easy ground and a belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''43 THE LAZAR'S TOUCH''' 	15m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin. May 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A somewhat contrived route on the eastern edge of the cliff. Start - At the eastern end of the terrace, right of Ser Visal's Tale. Climb up the short slab at its steepest point (no protection) to a ledge. Climb up the second short slab above the ledge via a crack, moving left near the top to gain another ledge, from which it is possible to scramble down into the gully on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Gully Area - East Side Of Cliff===&lt;br /&gt;
'''44 EGYPT ROOM''' 	35m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, C. Griffin, K. Corrigan. April 1988&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located halfway up the large gully on the eastern side of the cliff and follows the line of the prominent arete/slab, leading up to a short headwall. Climb the edge of the slab for about 20 m. to the base of the headwall. Climb the headwall diagonally from left to right, finishing on the arete. Continue up easier ground to belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''45 THE PLANETS''' 	25m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin. May 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the eastern arete of the buttress which is located near the top of the large gully which bounds the eastern side of the cliff. Start - At base of arete. Climb up the groove which splits the arete until it is possible to step across left on to the slab. Make hard moves to get established under the overhang, which is climbed with difficulty via the large crack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''KALLAS''' 73m Grade 3 Scramble.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the broken arête at the right-hand side (East) of the gully of the South facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 20m Traverse right from gulley on grassy ledge about 8m above bottom of arete to start. Climb on big holds but with caution of loose rock to a good belay ledge. A couple of long slings will be handy here. Some limited protection can be found.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 36m Climb on an easier gradient following the arête. Traverse an 18m heather section straight in front to the start of final pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 18m Climb on reasonable rock to the top of the arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2/10/22 B Power/ K Bunyan / M Griffin. Prior inspection on abseil. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
===Lower Tier===&lt;br /&gt;
'''PIEBALD PAN''' 	15m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, WRTC group, May 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start - at the right end of a small overhang to the left side of the buttress. Climb with confidence onto the wall via the right of the overhang. Straight up to the right edge of the next overhang and on to the large terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BLIND MAN'S ZOO''' 	16m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Foley. 21st July, 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the lowest point of this tier of rock, on a pretty clean and rough steep slab. Ascend delicately and with poor protection to a vertical crack which affords good protection and which is climbed to the big ledge at the base of the South facing cliff proper.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''COLD KISS''' 	12m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Ryan, J Bergin, 3 August, 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start - approx 2m rt. of Blind Man's Zoo. Climb on good holds over a band of red sandstone in a corner at 4m, then to a grassy niche and from there to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SWING THE CAT''' 	12m	S&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Ryan, J Bergin, 3 August, 1989.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start - at the base of the lower terrace at a point directly below an obvious grassy niche that starts approx 3m from top of the route. Climb on good holds to grassy niche, then climb the groove to the ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NAZAL PASSAGE''' 	14m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, WRTC group, May 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start - to the right of the obvious cut-off ramp, under two parallel cracks to the right of this lower tier. Use the ramp to gain a corner which is climbed steeply by stepping to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUNNYSIDE''' ##### 	135m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
F Thompson, I. Power, 30. 4. 1963&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the south west ridge. Start - up the left hand corner of the buttress to the right of the stream. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 30m. Move up to the grass ledge which traverses the buttress until immediately below a small rowan tree. climb up moving slightly right until a flake belay is reached above the tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 33m. continue straight up to a crook-shaped belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. 15m moderate. climb to the top of the buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. 30m. Scramble across heather. 5. 27m. climb the cracks on the right to a grass ledge (runner) and finish up second groove from the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARIEL ROUTE''' ##### 	130m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
F Winder, S Rothery 5. 10. 52&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb is roughly central on the buttress below the lower terrace. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 18m. Climb up to the terrace in the break in the lower wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 21m. Move a few feet left and climb the slab on small holds to the left of the prominent rib which runs straight up. Flake belay and small stance. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. 18m. Continue up slab, climb a groove on the right and traverse left to the rib and chock-stone belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. 35m. Continue up the rib to the top (sensational but safe). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. 30m. Easy scrambling leads to the top of the buttress. (see Irish Mountaineering Club Journal vol 3, no 2).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BORSTAL BOY''' ##### 	65m	S&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
E Goulding, B. O'Flynn, 29. 11. 59&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On the right of the buttress, taking the line of the obvious flake. ???&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=North-facing_Cliff&amp;diff=5017</id>
		<title>North-facing Cliff</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=North-facing_Cliff&amp;diff=5017"/>
		<updated>2026-01-10T18:50:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: /* The West Face */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[File:Nfc.jpg|200px|Nfc.jpg]] [Photo shows West side of Main gully, Emperor Buttress and Main Face]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These cliffs have so far provided the best and hardest routes in the Comeragh Mountains. The rock is steep and clean cut with well developed vertical jointing. Though the main face is a bit gloomy in all but the nicest weather, many of the climbs are in fact on the side walls of the large gullies bounding and bisecting the cliff and therefore receive a fair amount of sunshine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The cliff is best approached via a high sheep track above the southern shore of the lake. Gain height steeply from the south east corner of the lake and then contour the hillside on some sheep tracks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Descent is best achieved by continuing up the hillside until a sheep track is encountered and then traversing off to the left (east) to gain the large gully. (In the dark, it is better to go higher still to a second sheep track before traversing east). For climbs west of Black Chocolate gully, it is best to traverse off to the west. However, it is important to gain open ground before descending, rather than attempting the open gully which has a tricky section lower down.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Coumshingaun North-facing Cliffs Layout==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Main Gully [East side]'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Sea Breeze&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Karaluk&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''Main Gully [West side]'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Amelia&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Harvest Moon&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Sleep of Reason&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Sleep of Reason direct&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''Emperor Buttress'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Twin-crack Corner&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Kishon&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Prophets of Baal&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Horeb&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Yammerschooner&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Vale of Galgopleye&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Emperor’s Nose&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''Emperor Buttress West face'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Talking God&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Dark Angel&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Dark Angel- direct start&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Stone the Roses&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Capricorn&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''Main Face'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Khalid Question&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Medial Axis&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Fortune&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Perne in a Gyre&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Delta Variant&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Immortal Path&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Tower of Darkness&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Geronimo&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Cuinne Flaithulach&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Anchor Alley, Greystone&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A Mast For The Soul&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Journey to the Great Flake&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''Atom Ant Wall '''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Crooked Smile&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Tyger tyger&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Grendel&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Atom Ant&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Slippery People&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Controlled Burning&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''Grey Hotel Buttress'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Damocles&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Grey Hotel&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''Black Chocolate Gully – Birdman Wall'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Birdman&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Planet Clare&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Raging cow&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''Black Chocolate Gully''' &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Central Pillar of Chocolate&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''Bk. Choc. Gully – Satanic Majesty Wall'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Colours on the Water&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Satanic Majesty&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Prehistoric World&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''West Face'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Filamingo&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Ed’s Roof&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Stephen’s Crack&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Chuckler&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Diamond&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Griddler&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Griddler Arete&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''The West End'''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Run Rabbit&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Red-line Vibrations&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Anstey’s Desire&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Tailor&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Perpetual Motion&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;A Walk on the West End&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;West End Slab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Three Gulls and a Duck&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cs north3.png|800px|Cs north3.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==ROUTE DESCRIPTIONS==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Gully East side [West-facing wall]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sea Breeze''' 20m [E1 5b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''P. Scanlan, B. McConnell Aug 2015 [On Sight]''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Start at the front of the lower buttress (left side), climb steeply up the small crack line to gain a ledge, the line narrows until the crack widens half way up the buttress. Now climb the wide crack on the other wise blank slab, hand jams are not possible but good holds can be obtained within the crack, 5 friend needed to protect. Make strenuous moves up to small ledge and place protection before making hard delicate moves to the belay ‘pulpit’.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''KARALUK''' 20m [HS 4b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''J Bergin, D McGrath, April 1988''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Start at the left end (lower) of the buttress, and right of a wide and broken looking crack. Climb up steeply on large holds to the base of an overhang, traverse diagonally right until it is possible to climb a crack to the belay 'pulpit'.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two little routes are on a fairly clean buttress approx. 30 meters higher up the gully and on the same side as Karaluk'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sadrack''' 10m [HS 4b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''J. Bergin, R Smith. June 2012''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Start at the left end of the buttress,, about 1 meter to the right of the left edge. Step up and diagonally leftwards until you reach the top left end of the buttress, and under a large block. Continue directly upwards, then carefully up the vegetation to belay about 4 meters from the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Nanuk.''' 10m [S/VD 4a?]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''J. Bergin, R. Smith. June 2012.''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This route starts about 2 meters to the right of Sadrak, under a small left trending ramp which starts after about 2meters....the first move is probably harder than VDiff. Gain the ramp and follow it to the top which is right of a large block. Continue directly upwards, then tread carefully on the vegetation to belay back about 4 meters.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Gully West side [East-facing Wall]===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This is the wall bounding the east side of the North Facing Cliff proper. It is located opposite and slightly lower than the Karaluk buttress. The climbing is steep and fingery on this vertical wall, with good cracks and sharp incuts.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AMELIA''' 23m VS 4c&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''J Bergin. A Widger, 25 Aug. 1991&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''A fine wall route which starts almost directly under the left most of three steep corners facing the lake.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. Climb up the steep left end of a ramp, where a few delicate moves lead to easier climbing to gain the corner. This is climbed using the arete on the left. Gain the upper wall and finish on the left of the two cracks which lead to the top of the cliff.  Hard for the grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HARVEST MOON''' 27m [HVS 5a/b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''J Bergin, A Widger, 25th Aug. 1991&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''Start at the first section of an obvious ramp which starts immediately right of a damp section of the cliff. Climb the ramp until it is possible to bridge across to a diagonal crack to the left of a huge 'detached' block. Some strenuous jams bring you to reach the top of the flake (it might be advisable not to use camming devices behind the large block which is detached from the face). From here, follow the steep curving crack above to the top.  Hard for the grade.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE SLEEP OF REASON''' 35m [E3 6a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''S. Gallwey (unseconded), 7 May 1989&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''An athletic route of sustained difficulty and interest, climbing up the left (east-facing) side of the obvious steep arete where the east and north faces intersect. Start at the base of the arete. Climb out onto resting stance on right-hand wall. Reach back left into crack and make a hard move to gain better holds. Continue up with difficulty until it is possible to follow parallel diagonal cracks leftwards to the overlap. Gain hold on right above overlap, and then make a long reach out right for small incut hold. Hard strenuous moves upwards establish one on better holds above the overlap (crux). Move diagonally right to the arete to gain a good handhold, which once stood upon, provides the first &amp;quot;hands off&amp;quot; rest of the route. Climb up the arete on slightly easier ground to a ledge about 4 m. below the top. Move left off ledge to climb a short overhanging wall on large holds to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SLEEP OF REASON DIRECT''' 35m [E5 6a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''H Fogg, G Fogg 2009&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''This does not follow the cracks leftward but goes straight up. Sustained.&lt;br /&gt;
===The Emperor area &amp;amp; main North facing cliff===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The Emperor, a startling great prow of rock with a cracked overhang (the nose) near the top, juts out of the North Facing Cliff near its east end. Several good routes tackle its exposed flank.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emperor Buttress===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TWIN-CRACK CORNER''' 35m [E1 5b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''G Fogg, H Fogg 8/8/08 Onsight.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''Gain rushy ledge at 6m. Move to right-hand side of ledge. Climb boldly past bulge [in-situ peg, placed on lead] to eponymous corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''KISHON''' 50m [HVS 5a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''G Fogg H Fogg 15/5/10 Prior abseil cleaning.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''Just left of base-camp, climb/chimney the edge of the detached flake. At the ledge, move out from the corner onto the short hanging slab at left to gain the bottom of the thin crack that leads to the corner above and thence to the higher corner above to left. At the top is a short vertical wall with good gear. With 50m ropes, it is necessary to belay above this and let your second continue through the last 2m to ledge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Abseil descent from in-situ slings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PROPHETS OF BAAL''' 48m [E1 5b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''G Fogg H Fogg 15/5/10 Prior abseil cleaning.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''Start as for ''Kishon''. From ledge, ascend corner system to right, through overhang, heading for higher wider overhang and niche above to left, and on to abseil ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HOREB''' 20m [E2 6a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''H Fogg G Fogg 22/5/10 Abseil inspection.A test-piece from the abseil-ledge to the top.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''From the left-hand side of the ledge, straight up through overhang, following crack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YAMMERSCHOONER''' 70m [E3 6a 4c]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''G Fogg, H Fogg 21/6/09 Prior cleaning on abseil.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''This is the leftmost corner of the three-toothed overhang just right of base-camp boulder.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 46m Climb the ramp to ledge [level with start of the Emperor] and then left to overhanging corner. A difficult move is required to get above the undercuts and into the corner above (crux). The reward for success is an enjoyable cruise to a good ledge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 25m Continue to top and boulder belay.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Abseil descent from tat via ledge ideal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''VALE OF GALGOPLEYE''' 70m [E4 6a/b 5a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''H Fogg, G Fogg 20/7/09 Cleaned GF, flashed HF.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''This is the rightmost of the three-toothed overhangs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 35m Start as for Yammerschooner to ledge. A peg protects the move off the ledge to a tenable position and protection below the overhang. Getting further is hard. Higher up transfer delicately across to the right-hand crack and continue to a sloping belay at the left-hand end of the Emperor ledge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 35m Bridge up chimney and continue to top to boulder belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''EMPEROR'S NOSE''' 60m [E2 5b, 5b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''S. Gallwey, W. Lee. August 1980''&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This climb takes the line of the obvious corner crack on the left side of the arete with the prominently overhanging nose near the top. Start from the base of the chimney/gully, traverse left around the arete that forms the eastern wall of the gully. Start below the corner, just left of a square-cut overhang at 4 m.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1) 27 m. Climb the wall to the ledge at 5 m. (crux 1). Climb the corner until the crack in the back of it closes at approx. 15 m. With difficulty reach a large hold on the arete to the right. Swing out onto this and mantle-shelf it (crux 2). Continue up the arete to a ledge. Step back left into corner and up easy ground to belay at back of ledge. Avoid loose flake.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(2) 33 m. Climb the good crack past the nose to exit onto a ledge on the right, just below the top. Belay. Good protection though some large pieces are needed for the top pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Variation: Stay in corner on first pitch. H Fogg, G Fogg 13/6/04&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Emperor West Face===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DATopo2.jpg|370px|DATopo2.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 TALKING GOD''' 30m [E4 6a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;S Gallwey, J Bergin. July 1991&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;An exciting and exposed climb up the right hand overhanging and undercut arete of the emperor. Climb the first pitch of Dark Angel, and continue for approximately 4m to belay on small stance underneath the first of two overhangs on the arete to the right. Start - In the corner, level with the lower overhang. Make several hard moves diagonally leftwards across the wall just above the overhangs, to gain a vertical crack in the centre of the wall. Climb the crack to a horizontal break where another hard move is encountered to get established in the crack above. Continue on up the crack until it is possible to reach the edge of the arete just below the overhanging section. Step left for a good rest. Climb the overhanging arete on huge holds to get another rest below the nose. Ascend past the nose on the right hand side, making a hard move to get established on the face. Reach back left to the arete and climb this more easily to the top. Good protection, though camming devices are not recommended too close to the edge of the arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TALKING GOD DIRECT START''' [E5 6a/b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;From the Dark Angel belay, climb the corner to under the overhang. Fix protection and traverse left to rest on ledge. Pause. Traverse back right under overhang to gain base of crack. Continue to top.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;H. Fogg 22/6/2014 Onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 DARK ANGEL''' 60m [HVS 4c, 5a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;O. Jacob, S. Gallwey , June 1980&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The route takes the line of the ramp that runs up the western wall of the emperor, forming an obvious corner in its upper sections. Start in a sentry box overlooking the lake, just around the corner from the gully.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(1) 25 m. Climb the crack to where the rock steepens. Traverse left for 3 m. and climb the flakes to a sloping ledge below the prominent roof.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(2) 35 m. Move right into the main corner and climb it to the top. Crux is surmounting the first overlap. Good protection.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This excellent route has unfortunately become mossy in recent years which has spoiled its looks. It is not a problem when dry, rather it lends itself to smoother and more satisfying hand-jams.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''Alternative Start''' - 12 m 12m [E1 5b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;S. Gallwey, W. Lee, August 1980&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Climb the obvious jamming crack which splits the east wall of the gully to join Dark Angel at a large ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''STONE THE ROSES''' 60m [E3 5c, 5b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The blank vertical west-facing wall.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 30m Mantel onto start ledge then follow the cracks which lead to arête at horizontal break. Move back onto face to follow crack to belay at mid-way ledge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 30m Move right to wide crack. Where crack forks, take left-hand option to top.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;M Walsh, D O’Sullivan 5/4/08 Cleaned on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative finish: [5b] Take the right-hand option to top. [in error] G Fogg, H Fogg '08&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAPRICORN''' 60m [E5 6a/b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Start as for Stone the Roses.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 30m Follow the Right-hand crack until it is possible [but hard] to gain the bottom of the thin crack further right. Thin climbing with just enough protection leads to the horizontal break [big cams]. More moves lead to thin ledge/corner and a committing move to higher slanting ledge to right which leads to belay ledge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 30m As for Stone the Roses.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;H Fogg, G Fogg 24/8/09 Cleaned on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Main Face===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
PTGThe bottom section of this part of the cliff is covered with a vertical garden of wet-loving vegetation and climbing on this is neither possible nor desirable [a recent scar on this is due to a natural failure of the mechanical strength of the vegetation and not to any misguided cleaning by climbers]. This does not shorten the climbs -- they start level with most of the rest but it does make getting to their foot more difficult -- a little adventure in itself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE KHALID QUESTION''' 75m [E1 5a 5b 5b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This begins as for The Medial Axis but takes the blunt arete to the left up the centre of this wall.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 30m. Start as for The Medial Axis but move left to belay on the second large ledge/terrace.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 25m. Continue up the broken crack for 2 or 3m then step left at rowan sapling and climb to left of arete to gain cracks at arete. Continue to ledge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;3. 20m. Begin up left-slanting flakes then go up straight to tooth and corner.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;G.Fogg[2] H.Fogg[3] 27/7/2014 Onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE MEDIAL AXIS''' 75m [E2 5a 5c 5c]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This is in the bay between Emperor Buttress and the Main Face.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 30m 5a. On the right hand side of the bay is a slab with a crack up the centre. The crack sports tufts of frochan festooned with moss-like filmy fern. Climb a series of edges to the right of this, finding protection in the crack, without needlessly disturbing the vegetation, to a large woodrush ledge. Continue up the broken groove to a small grassy stance about 5 or 10m below the flat face.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 30m 5c. Continue to flat face, stepping over clubmoss. The face is immaculate. The arrow-straight crack accepts small wires and micros.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;3. 15m 5c. Step left and finish up crack through small overhang. Tricky.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;G.Fogg [1], H.Fogg [2&amp;amp;3] 15/6/2014. Top pitches cleaned G.Fogg flashed H.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FORTUNE'''  78m  [HVS  5a, 5a, 5a]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: As for ''The Medial Axis'' i.e the slab sprouting large separate clumps of dark green/black filmy fern along a crack to the left of centre.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m Climb the slab on edges to flat woodrush terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  20m Follow the rough crack and groove on left to the base of the flat face.  Go past the ''Medial Axis'' crack, along the rising grass ledge to corner/groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  38m  Climb the corner and groove.  Woodrush looks as though it blocks the way on a couple of occasions; by happy chance, each time, it is possible to skirt around it by taking to the face on left using the edges and crimps that obligingly appear.  Anchors for the belay can be found at boulders another 20m up a steep grassy slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G Fogg,  M Griffin  29/4/2022  Top pitch climbed onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PERNE IN A GYRE'''  80m  [E1 5a/b 5a/b 5a 5a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;A devious route, not all visible from below, with a couple of moments of notable exposure.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Location: At the left-hand side of the embayment defined at its right-hand side by the blank face of the second pitch of The Immortal Path.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Approach: The start of the approach ledge is marked by a slender inverted truncated triangular buttress one third the height of the cliff. A few metres past this brings you below two pillars in succession above. Pitches 1 and 2 take the East-facing corners formed by these pillars.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Lack of precision in the grading is the result of the difficulty of judging when cleaning with an ice-axe on lead.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1.  25m 5a/b  Climb from the ledge to the base of the first corner and continue to the base of the second corner.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2.  10m 5a/b  The second corner.  Belay on the top of the pillar at the square-cut rock ledge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;3.  20m 5a  Follow the diagonal crack rightwards to the arete and around it to gain the start of the vertical crack which widens rapidly as it rises.  Belay at the terminal spike of the flake, standing on the large jammed block.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;4.  25m 5a  Continue to the top of the next huge flake and make an airy step across the crevasse to the left-hand side of the slab and follow a short crack to the large rough corner.  The last couple of metres at the top are steep.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;G Fogg, M Griffin  26/9/2020   Pitches 1 and 2 onsight. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternative top pitch 5b.  Instead of the rough corner, climb the arete.  Good quality moves and protection for the first part, scruffier near the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G Fogg, H Fogg, M Griffin  10/10/2021  Onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE DELTA VARIANT'''  80m  [E2 4c 5c 5b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. Same as ''The Immortal Path.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;''2. Climb the crack as for ''The Immortal Path,'' but instead of moving to the arete, continue up the crack.  A no.4 Camalot protects this section.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;3.  40m 5b   Step across the corner and climb the small corner and groove behind the small rowan tree.  No sling on the tree or its root, please, as it seems only barely attached itself.  Keep going up until the way above peters out.   Make an exposed and exciting but, happily, not entirely unprotected traverse left, to gain a crack system leading up.  Near the top, it opens up and looks easy but the difficulties continue to the very top, when you exit left, from beneath a block over the corner, to squirm out into the sunshine.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;An intermediate belay may be taken below the top to allow communication with your second.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;G Fogg, M Griffin  29/6/2021    Top pitch cleaned on abseil 2020&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE IMMORTAL PATH'''  82m [E2 4c 5c 5a 4c]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Approach: Traverse from the foot of Dark Angel. About 20m ahead, a flat face at half height extends down along its edge to the ledge. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1.22m 4c Follow up beside the face in a cleaned channel to a large sloping woodrush ledge.  Hard to start. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 20m 5c. From the top of the block, climb the crack which widens as it rises.  Where the crack becomes offwidth, place a large piece (no. 11 Hex is good) and, using a narrow ledge, gain the arete.  Follow the arete, and the crack which runs from this point, to the belay ledge. Beware of the large spike at the ledge which may be used for balance but should not be pulled on. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;From the belay, continue along the ledge to where it reveals itself as a flake.  Drop down behind the flake to a good belay nest below a steep corner. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;3. 25m 5a  Climb the corner and then follow the large broken crack to the top of Geronimo buttress.  Continue over some stacked boulders to a large recess. Belay. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;4. 15m 4c + 8m Exit recess to the left, maintaining respect for the exposure.  A large rounded boulder set into the hillside above provides a positive belay for a large sling or rope loop. &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Pitches 1and 2 onsight.  G Fogg, M Griffin 6/7/2020.  Pitch 3 cleaned on abseil and climbed.  G Fogg, M Griffin, P Flynn 20/7/2020&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE TOWER OF DARKNESS'''   80m  [E1  4c 5b 5b 5a 4c] &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Approach:  Past the start of The Immortal Path, the ledge narrows.  Continue along this to a small notch at the base of the next corner system.  Belay.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1.  10m  4c.  A couple of metres of rock gives way to some steep woodrush swimming to a comfortable ledge below the steep vee corner.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2.  10m  5b   The corner.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;3.  20m 5b  Continue to ledge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt; 4.  25m  5a   (pitch 3 of The Immortal Path)  Up steep corner and then larger broken corner, over stacked boulders to large recess.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;5.  15m 4c  Track right.  Whichever line is taken in this top part, it is still climbing, not as easy as it looks like being, and still potentially serious.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;G Fogg, M Griffin  14/9/2020   Climbed onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GERONIMO''' 70m [E2 5b 5b 5b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This route leads up to and through the clean crack through the bare overhanging bulge at threequarters height to the left of Cuinne Flaithuilach.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Traverse the ledge as for Cuinne Flaithuilach. At the end of the sketchy section is a corner. Start here. Cuinne Flaithuilach is 3m further on.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. Ascend the crack above the corner to a good ledge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. Follow the crack with trapped flakes, through a small overhang and slab above to ledges&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;3. Second should traverse left to belay below the crack through the overhang.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Pull through the overhang to glorious climbing above. Higher is a short broken crack to top of pillar and ledges.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;4. Diff climbing and scrambling leads to moorland.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;G Fogg, P Britton 26/3/2011 Onsight. Cleaned on lead. One rest for cleaning on pitch 2.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;First ascent took over seven hours. Further ascents should take somewhat less.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CUINNE FLAITHIULACH''' 70m [HVS 5a, 4b, 5a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;J Bergin, M Keenleyside, 20th Aug. 1991&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This route, for a long time, the only one on the main face proper, climbs an impressive dark steep corner with excellent jamming and bridging on the left side (east) of a prominent bay in the middle of the North facing cliff. The start is reached by a traverse right from the foot of Dark Angel, which is best done in boots, and the boots then thrown down to the track underneath (or carried to the top&amp;amp;nbsp;!!). The traverse is airy but there is ample protection and the moves are no more that V Diff. The first two pitches can be combined, but you will loose contact with your second, and there is the slight possibility of the rope getting jammed in a corner.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 25m. Climb the arete to the left of the corner until you are forced to escape to the slab on the right, which is climbed easily until the corner steepens. Some delicate bridging and/or lay-backing (crux) brings you to the base of an overhang. Move left onto the wall and climb to gain the corner above. Belay.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 15m. Climb easily up the corner and gain a grassy recess and belay. (It might be advisable to belay to the left in the recess out of the direct line of the final pitch due to some potentially loose rock.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;3. 30m. Climb the steep crack above with the aid of some huge jugs to a small terrace, continue up above this and follow the continuing crack to the top. The last section is impending but well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ANCHOR ALLEY, GREYSTONE''' 75m [E2 5b, 5c, 5a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;A soaring line on the right-hand side of the bay of which Cuinne Flaithiuilach is on the left. Bring lots of largish hexes or friends for pitch 1.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Approach as for the last i.e. tied on and putting in protection as required. Belay 2m left of the corner overhead.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 25m Climb short vertical face to slab and traverse this to base of corner and cracks on right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Ascend jamming crack to jammed block and offwidth. Belay bridged across corner on left.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 25m Continue up corner past two bulging sections and make tricky exit onto grassy ledge on right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Belay anchors 2m to right at foot of next pitch.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;3. 25m Climb straight up just right of jutting nose. Belay on top of this -- one of the best belay perches in the Comeraghs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Scramble the last two or three metres to heathery top. Traverse off left.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;G Fogg [1 &amp;amp;3] H Fogg [2] 22/7/2011 Prior cleaning on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A MAST FOR THE SOUL'''  75m [E1 5b, 5b, 5a]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Interesting and varied climbing. It starts from the same point as Journey to the Great Flake and shares the same top pitch as Anchor Alley, Greystone&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m  Start as for Journey to the Great Flake but trend left to reach the slab. This is traversed delicately to gain the crack through the overhang.  Climb the crack to reach the belay at the ledge on top of a flake.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m  Jam the bulging crack above the belay and negotiate the less-straightforward patch above to belay on a good grassy ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3.  25m  As for Anchor Alley.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second and third pitches may be climbed as one.  Indeed, you might not even notice the ledge - as happened to the first  ascentionist on a recent, presumed, second ascent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1], H. Fogg [2], R. Pearson [3]   22/5/2017  Cracks cleaned on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JOURNEY TO THE GREAT FLAKE&amp;amp;nbsp;'''&amp;amp;nbsp;60m &amp;amp;nbsp;[E2 5b, 5b]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
''G. Fogg, B. Mc Connell &amp;amp;nbsp;15/5/2016 &amp;amp;nbsp;Onsight.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
An entertaining route demanding a wide range of climbing skills. It takes a plumb-line path from the ledge to the left-hand edge of the Great Flake and through an overhang on the skyline. Lower down it passes through a section of shallow chimney formed by a small corner on the right and thin jutting blocks on the left.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Approach:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;Traverse onto ledge from right as for&amp;amp;nbsp;''Crooked Smile''. Continue, crawling under a low roof and on 4m until directly below the afore-mentioned chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''1'''. &amp;amp;nbsp;30m &amp;amp;nbsp;Delicate climbing leads to the smooth chimney. Once established in it, progress is made by back-and-foot bridging. Above, move left onto the face to tackle the bulge and, with right hand on the arete, continue to belay at a small stance&amp;amp;nbsp;just left of and level with the Great Flake ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''2'''. &amp;amp;nbsp;30m &amp;amp;nbsp;Climb up, trending right, to the crack through the overhang at the edge of the Flake. This is overcome by gymnastic bridging and jamming. Easier climbing to the belay.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Descent:&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;amp;nbsp;The&amp;amp;nbsp;''Atom Ant''&amp;amp;nbsp;abseil point is a couple of metres to the right around the corner&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Black Chocolate gully area===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This area contains the biggest concentration of good quality hard climbs in the coum. The initial west facing wall adjacent to crooked smile is probably the only area in the Comeraghs approaching route saturation. This clean cut wall, being just off vertical, allows for hard climbing on some very small holds. Having the afternoon sun on your back gives a welcome boost to climbing on this high mountain crag. There are two old abseil bolts at the top of Atom Ant. Test these well with good belay back up before use.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Cs 9 to 13.png|400px|Cs 9 to 13.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 CROOKED SMILE''' 60m [HVS 4b, 5a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;S. Gallwey (2), E. Hernstadt (1) June 1981&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This climb takes the crooked chimney/corner system which splits the arete formed between the main face of the cliff and the left wall of the gully. Start just left of the base of the arete on a large ledge. Traverse in from right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(1) 20 m. Climb the obvious flakes on the arete and then up the right-hand wall. Traverse right to a crack splitting a large block. From top of block, step across to large ledge and belay in base of a short corner.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(2) 40 m. Climb corner and traverse left to base of chimney. Climb chimney to hanging slab leading up left. Climb slab until forced out onto the arete by the overhang. Pass the overhang and then climb up diagonally rightwards to the top of the crag.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Atom Ant Wall===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 TYGER TYGER''' 35m [E2 5c]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;S. Gallwey, J. Bergin. April 1988&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This route climbs the steep, straight crack on the exposed face just right of Crooked Smile. Start from the belay below the 2nd pitch of Crooked Smile. Climb up the left-hand side of a large flake leaning against the face. From the top of the flake, climb the wall and crack to its end.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''11 GRENDEL''' 40m [E1 5b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey August 1984&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This route takes the steep corner just right of Tyger Tyger. Start as for Crooked Smile.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(1) As for Crooked Smile.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(2) Climb the short corner and step right to a large flake. From the top of the flake, step around to the right into the base of the main corner. Climb the corner to the overhang, which is turned to the right (crux). Climb the short corner above to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''12 ATOM ANT''' 40m [E2 5c]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt. August 1984&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This route takes a diagonal line up the wall to the right of Grendel. Start as for Crooked Smile.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(1) - As for Crooked Smile.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(2) - Follow Grendel to the base of the large corner. Climb the diagonal crack line trending rightwards to a small ledge. Traverse left to join Grendel for the short upper corner. Strenuous.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;'''Direct finish''' S Gallwey, J Bergin. June 1991 Climb straight up the face with good holds and protection&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SLIPPERY PEOPLE''' 30m [E3 6a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;S Gallwey, June 1992&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This route climbs the wall about 3m left of Controlled Burning, joining a good crack-line at mid point. Start - Scramble up the leftwards trending diagonal grassy ramp which starts at the base of the chimney. Scramble up another right ward trending grassy ramp to belay at the base of the wall. Climb up the wall on very small holds, using small wires for protection. Above a small overlap, a good crack presents itself and easier climbing leads to a series of round holes in the face. A hard move near the top puts you in position to finish by grabbing the edge of Controlled Burning to the right. From the ledge, the direct finish to Atom Ant, probably provides the best way up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''13 CONTROLLED BURNING''' 30m [E2 5c]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;S Gallwey, J Bergin. May 1991&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This climb takes the obvious vertical crack up the right hand side of the face 2m to the right of Atom Ant. Climb the wall (crux) with holds and protection improving with height. Gain a good crack and climb this to the top of the tower. From the ledge, climb directly up the face to the right of the direct finish of Atom Ant. Good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Grey Hotel Buttress===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DAMOCLES''' 70m [E4 6a 4c]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This starts in the corner at the left-hand side of Grey Hotel Buttress, just right of a deep wet cave. A good view of the route is to be had whilst abseiling Atom Ant wall.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 48m Climb the initial awkward corner [small friends] and onto slab at right. Find some protection for the blank vertical/bulging section which leads to better holds and then to ledge. Go left around the arête into the upper corner which has good protection [small wires]. Exiting corner onto arête at ‘damocles’ block is also hard. Continue to belay at large triangular block.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 20m Easy climbing to top. Belay at top of Grey Hotel.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;H Fogg, G Fogg 17/8/09 Cleaned GF, flashed HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Birdman wall.png|400px|Birdman wall.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''15 GREY HOTEL''' 85m [E3 6a,5a,5b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Pitches 1 &amp;amp; 2 -S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt. (alternate leads) May 1987 Pitch 3 - S Gallwey, J Bergin. Spring 1990&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This climb takes the grey face/tower situated in the deep gully to the right of Crooked Smile. The initial wall faces out towards the lake and is about 10 m. across. Recommend combining pitches 1&amp;amp;2. Start - At centre of face.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(1) 25 m. Climb up diagonally rightwards to top of choss. Gain a horizontal break above with a vertical crack at its left-hand side. Climb up strenuously just right of the crack, making hard moves to gain a small resting ledge near the right-hand arete. Climb the face to the left to gain the left-hand crack again and follow this up until level with a large sloping ledge on the right. Traverse right to gain this and belay.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(2) 20 m. Climb the overhanging corner above, past a ledge on the left-hand wall, to exit onto a large grassy ledge. (From here it is possible to scramble up to the right onto the Birdman ledge).&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(3) 40m. Climb the pleasant corner at the back of the ledge into overhanging territory until it is possible to gain a second non-overhanging corner to the right. Follow up the face of the ramp with the off-width crack on the left (Small wires in the left-hand wall). The crux is at 3/4 height. Respect the precarious - looking block at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Black Chocolate Gully - East side===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''16 BIRDMAN''' 70m [E2 4a 5b 5b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;O. Jacob (1,3), S. Gallwey (2). November 1981&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The Birdman headwall is very steep and offers superb climbing. It may be reached by following the first two pitches of Birdman, or better by way of the first two pitches of Grey Hotel. It is also worth abseiling into it for its own sake. It is located high up on the left hand side of the upper section of Black Chocolate gully. This climb is located in the gully to the right of Grey Hotel, finishing up the superb crack which splits the top headwall near its left-hand side. The 1st pitch is poor. Start - At a grassy section of the left wall of the gully just up from a large wedged block.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(1) 18 m. Climb up leftward on mixed ground to the ridge. Continue up rightwards on ridge to gain a large grassy terrace and belay at the base of a short lay-back corner.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(2) 30 m. Layback strenuously for 8 m. then scramble up right to a good ledge beneath the headwall.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;(3) 21 m. Climb obvious steep crack at left-hand end of headwall. At overhangs, use both cracks up to a little ledge. Climb diagonally right to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''17 PLANET CLARE''' 20m [E3 5c]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;S Gallwey, J Bergin. Sept. 1990&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Climbs the wall to the right of Birdman through 4 small overhangs. Start - In the centre of the Birdman ledge. Best to belay somewhat to the right as there is a potentially loose block in the initial corner. Climb the rightward facing corner flake in the centre of the wall past the 'loose' block to the first overhang. Climb strenuously up a crack line to the right on finger jams and lay-aways to gain a good hand hold and thereafter the large ledge. Exit to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''18 RAGING COW''' 17m [HVS 5a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;S. Gallwey, O. Jacob November 1981&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This route takes the obvious crack to the right of the top pitch of Birdman. Start - At the right-hand end of the Birdman ledge. Climb the steep crack to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BLACK CHOCOLATE GULLY''' ##### 90m S&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;D Ellickson, T Sherman, 24. 3. 1963&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The location of this climb is uncertain, despite best efforts of the editors. The only known attempt to repeat it was thought to be VS. This description is taken from an old IMC newsletter.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 21m. climb the buttress and step right into the gully. continue to stance and belay at large chock-stone.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 13m. Follow the gully to the second chock-stone.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;3. 13m. Chimney past second chock-stone to belay beneath overhanging chock.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;4. 19m. Step across gully to ledge in corner and climb the parallel cracks then back right to the gully and continue 6m to the bottom of a lichenous corner. Belay.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;5. 12m. Climb the corner - steep and vegetated at the top.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;6. 19m. The gully opens out into mixed rock and heather which is climbed directly or by a long traverse over the right wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRAL PILLAR OF CHOCOLATE'''  35m [HVS 4c, 5a, 5b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At the back of the gully, the Central Pillar rises as a tower of stacked detached blocks. This route tackles the tower whereas 'Black Chocolate Gully' does seem  actually to follow the gully up on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 15m 4c   Climb the vegetated buttress, using the gully where prudent, to reach the wide crack behind the square-section block on the right-hand side of the Pillar and up this to belay on top of the block.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 5a   Chimney the wide crack behind the next block to its top and continue up the ever-widening crack on the right with increasing difficulty. The only protection for this section is a micro wire on the left [unless you are carrying a very large cam].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 5m [+15 heather] 5b  The dramatic jutting finger on left beckons, providing an exposed and exciting move or two to climb. Continue up the heather slope to find a belay at the rock band.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If the finger does not appeal, a less intimidating option is offered by the open-book corner on the right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin,  19/6/2017   Onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Black Chocolate Gully - West side===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''COLOURS ON THE WATER''' 45m [E3 5c]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This is the striking crack threequarters of the way up the gully on the right hand side,&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;l. 10m Climb crack to ]edge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 35m Continue to top&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;[Climb as one pitch]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Pitch 1 G Fogg, S Gallwey 9/6/06 onsight [as new start to Satanic Majesty]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Full route G Fogg, S Gallwey 17/6 06 onsight.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Cleaned and abseil point put in 21/8/07&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SATANIC MAJESTY''' 40m [E3/4 6a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;From top of gully slope, traverse along narrow ledge on right, past ''Colours on the Water'' to a crack system near arete. Belay. [Subsequent ascents have taken the first 10m of ''Colours on the Water'' to the ledge.]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Climbing the cracks brings one to the left of a slab under the overhang at 35m. Traverse breathlessly right into the sunshine and climb more easily up the arete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;S Gallwey, G Fogg Aug 2001,&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Abseil point put in 21/8/07 [Free-hanging abseil, 50m ropes OK with rope stretch.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PREHISTORIC WORLD''' 40m [E1 5b 5b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;S. Gallwey, J. Bergin. 3 Sept. 1989&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;An exciting climb following the exposed line of the arete bounding the right-hand side of the gully.  Hard for the grade.   Start - Directly opposite the start of Birdman, just above the wedged block that spans the gully.  &amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 25 m. Climb up the arete to a horizontal break. Place a small wire blindly in crack high on left wall. Make hard moves to gain jugs above overlap. Continue up arete more easily to where the right wall forms an overhang. Move left onto the face and climb straight up on small holds (crux) to large holds and good protection back near the arete. Continue up arete to ledge and belay.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 15 m. After placing a high runner in the cracks to the left, climb up the arete to the flake (somewhat loose) and thence up easier ground to a magnificent belay pulpit, complete with abseil bolts.&lt;br /&gt;
===The West Face===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This consists of a pleasant series of buttresses and ribs at the West end of the North Facing Cliff. They possess an airy and open feeling which is a welcome change from the gully area to the left. The climbs are best located with reference to the West end buttress, the west most buttress with a gully to the right. The buttress appears to lean against the rest of the cliff. The arete of this buttress is taken by 'A Walk On The West End' while the face to the left (north) is taken by 'Perpetual Motion'. The next arete to the east divides in two at midpoint to form a double feature with a groove between and a capping overhang at the top. 'Ansty's Desire' and 'The Tailor' take the left and right aretes respectively.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Photo with most routes here: [[Media:CS_TheWestEndF9.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''FILAMINGO''' 45m [HVS 5a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The cleaned corner immediately right of the gully.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Abseil descent as for 'Prehistoric World',&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;P Britton, C Ennis, Hh Fogg; N Walls 13/6/04&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RED WALL AND ROOF [ED'S ROOF]''' 25m [E2 5c]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Back on the north-facing rock beyond Filamingo, past an undercut at ground level.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Climb the curving corner crack and slab to obvious crack through roof. Continue to belay at boulder above. Descent is either by abseil from old nut plus new tat or by slithering down the near-vertical woodrush to fetch up at the foot of Filamingo.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;G Fogg, H Fogg 22/8/08 Onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''STEPHEN'S CRACK''' 15m [HVS 5a/b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Climb right-hand edge of slab at Ed’s Roof. Move right, around arête to broken crack. Generous jugs at the breaks make up for slight overhang.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;G Fogg, H Fogg, P Brennan. 13/6/09 Onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CHUCKLER''' 20m [E4 6a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Traverse left from secret sentry-box to base of west-facing wall. Climb thin crack through small overhang to ledge. Abseil descent [tat].&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;H Fogg, G Fogg 22/8/08 Cleaned GF flashed HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE DIAMOND''' 18m [E3 6a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The cleaned crack up the centre of the flat face. Abseil off ledge from tat at right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;H Fogg, G Fogg 8/8/08 Cleaned GF flashed HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GRIDDLER''' 16m [E2 5c]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;The left-slanting crack that joins to top of the Diamond.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;H Fogg, G Fogg 21/6/09 Cleaned GF flashed HF.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''GRIDDLER ARETE''' 60m  HS 4c, 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This long arete is a scruffy companion to Anstey's Desire to the right and a counterpoint to the the short hard technical Griddler and Diamond to the left.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 15m.  Step across the ledge and climb the distinctive three-piece pillar to the ledge [the top for The Diamond and Griddler].  Continue around to the right and up a short slab to the large flat ledge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m.  From the left hand side of the ledge, climb the cracks and step airily back right to regain the arete.  There follows the long broken scruffy section.  Keep to the right hand side of the arete on the slabs.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 15m.  The clean steep more challenging-looking top section of the arete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, B. Mc Connell   10/05/2017    Onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
===The West End===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAMPANT RABBIT''' [HVS] The broken crack a couple of metres left of 'Red-line Vibrations'.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;M Walsh, H Hennessy '07&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RED-LINE VIBRATIONS''' 40m [E3 5b 5c]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;“Start 5m left of Ansty’s Desire.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 20m Steep gnarly fist-crack to technical ramp, then easy traverse to base of arête.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 20m Bold. Climb wall left of arête to small ledge. Move up and right around arête to large ledge [Anstey’s belay].”&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;3. Pitch 3 is pitch 2 of The Tailor.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;M Walsh, D O’Sullivan June 2007&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ANSTY'S DESIRE''' 75m [HVS 4b, 5a]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;J Bergin, S Gallwey, 3rd June 1991&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;Start just down and left of the corner formed where the west end buttress joins the main cliff, at a broken corner with a steep slab to its right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 30m. Layaway up the broken corner until it is possible to step left on to a slab, continue and climb an off-width crack on the right to a grassy ledge, then climb the off-width spectacularly to a large pulpit and belay.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 45m. Traverse left onto the arete on large holds and climb to the top. Crux at mid height. (50m ropes necessary to reach belay).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE TAILOR''' 75m [HVS 4b, 5b]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;J Bergin, A Widger, 25th Aug. 1991&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 30m. As for Ansty's Desire.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 45m. Gain the right hand arete, which is climbed to the top in a spectacular position. See the note re. belaying for Ansty's Desire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PERPETUAL MOTION''' 65m [E1 4b, 5b, 4c] J Bergin. S Gallwey. 23rd May 1991 Start approx 10 m to the left of the arete A Walk On The West End in an obvious west facing corner.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 20m. Climb the corner on good holds. Break onto the face at the overhang and continue on to belay on a small ledge on the face.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 20m. Climb the crack with increasing difficulties. Surmount the overhang on small holds and climb to the base of the next, larger overhang. Traverse delicately to the left and then continue up to belay on the arete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;3. 25m. Climb the arete to the top. This pitch is shared with A Walk On The West End, and may be made slightly harder by keeping to the left of the arete.   [   '''N.B.'''  The line for this route shown on the photo above is not entirely correct.  On the second pitch, it does not go left at the overlap, as shown, but continues up to the second, larger one, before going a short distance left and then up. ]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A WALK ON THE WEST END''' 55m [HS 4a,4c]&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;J. Bergin, S Gallwey. 16th May 1991&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;This route climbs the obvious arete at the end of the cliff. It is probably the best lower grade route in the Comeraghs, with a real feeling of traveling and exposure. The one 4c move is very well protected and could be aided if necessary. Start - on a slab on the west face of the arete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;1. 30m. Quickly gain the arete proper, and climb it to a large and convenient belay ledge.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;2. 25m. Continue on up the sharp arete to the top. The crux is shortly above the belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WEST END SLAB''' 60m VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Very nice slab climbing that starts at the same point as A Walk on the West End but takes the centre of the slab rather than the arete.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m  From the lowest point, track rightwards towards the centre of the slab and follow the overlap that curves on up.  After 30m, move left to belay on the prominent clean nose..&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m  Traverse the vegetated ledge rightwards to reach clean rock. From here, aim to pass to the right of the rowans overhead. This means making repeated moves to the right. If in doubt step right.&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin.  8/7/2017   Onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THREE GULLS AND A DUCK'''  60m  Severe 4a, 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you liked ''A Walk on the West End'', you should enjoy this, the next and last arete beyond it.  It has been overlooked because of its vegetated nature lower down.  However, the upper section is whistle-clean and from the same songbook as its neighbours.  Moreover, the heather sprouts drily and porously from the living rock beneath and the climbing is on this and involves no pulling or reliance on vegetation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m  Start to the left (East) of the gully, to the left of the arete on knobbly rock. Protection is absent for the first ten or fifteen metres but you can be relaxed, secure in the knowledge that it is coming.  Go past the first platform and belay at the foot of the clean 2nd pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m The clean arete.  Belay anchors 5m up gentle grassy slope.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G Fogg, M Griffin  8/5/2022  onsight.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4959</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4959"/>
		<updated>2025-10-27T21:39:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere, to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others.  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named by location or by obvious identifying feature or by common usage or else, after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs - or indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland - to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PATHSIDE CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Car Park Crags'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the car park, looking towards the falls, these are close by on the left- hand side (West).  A ledge divides the rock into an upper and a lower band.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST''' 10m  HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4946</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4946"/>
		<updated>2025-10-18T06:54:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere, to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others.  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named by location or by obvious identifying feature or by common usage or else, after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs, or indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland, to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PATHSIDE CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Car Park Crags'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the car park, looking towards the falls, these are close by on the left- hand side (West).  A ledge divides the rock into an upper and a lower band.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST''' 10m  HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4945</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4945"/>
		<updated>2025-10-18T05:39:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere, to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others.  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs, or indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland, to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PATHSIDE CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Car Park Crags'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the car park, looking towards the falls, these are close by on the left- hand side (West).  A ledge divides the rock into an upper and a lower band.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST''' 10m  HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4944</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4944"/>
		<updated>2025-10-18T05:38:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere, to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others.  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs or, indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland, to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PATHSIDE CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Car Park Crags'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the car park, looking towards the falls, these are close by on the left- hand side (West).  A ledge divides the rock into an upper and a lower band.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST''' 10m  HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4943</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4943"/>
		<updated>2025-10-18T05:26:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others.  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs or, indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland, to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PATHSIDE CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Car Park Crags'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the car park, looking towards the falls, these are close by on the left- hand side (West).  A ledge divides the rock into an upper and a lower band.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST''' 10m  HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4942</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4942"/>
		<updated>2025-10-17T06:08:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, 8th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others (not by me).  Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
#Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
#It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs or, indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland, to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F. 16th October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PATHSIDE CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Car Park Crags'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the car park, looking towards the falls, these are close by on the left- hand side (West).  A ledge divides the rock into an upper and a lower band.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST''' 10m  HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4941</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4941"/>
		<updated>2025-10-16T22:15:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;'''And Some Rather Less-Gentle Requests'''&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# It is considered very bad manners here, as elsewhere to climb and claim routes which have - quite obviously - been cleaned by others. Please do not do this.&lt;br /&gt;
# Please do not assign names - plucked apparently from thin air - to any cliff or crag in the Comeraghs. The normal and accepted practice is that otherwise-unnamed crags are named after the first route put up on them.&lt;br /&gt;
# It is not acceptable in the Comeraghs or, indeed in any other traditional climbing area in Ireland, to place bolts on routes. While it is true that bolts do exist, these have only been placed for lower-offs, where there was a very good reason for them, and only then by climbers with a very long association with the area.   G.F.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PATHSIDE CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Car Park Crags'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the car park, looking towards the falls, these are close by on the left- hand side (West).  A ledge divides the rock into an upper and a lower band.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST''' 10m  HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4935</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4935"/>
		<updated>2025-10-08T06:39:09Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;A Gentle Request to All Contributors of New Routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It has been the practice in the Comeraghs, since 2003, that all route descriptions should include an honest account of the ''style'' of their ascent. This is important information for anyone contemplating a repeat.  And, whilst it is obviously more important for longer routes, consistency requires that it should apply to shorter routes as well.  By following this, you would have my thanks, at least.  Gerry Fogg, October 2025.&lt;br /&gt;
==PATHSIDE CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Car Park Crags'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the car park, looking towards the falls, these are close by on the left- hand side (West).  A ledge divides the rock into an upper and a lower band.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST''' 10m  HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Cnocán Lower Buttress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, situated just before An Giorra Buttress and a little lower down. The buttress is characterised by its central crack systems and steep walls. The lower section is slightly vegetated, but the upper rock gives enjoyable climbing&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK.png|center|thumb|Mahon Valley, VIEW from CAR PARK]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Sunday’s Joy''' – ''Severe, 18m''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jerzy G. , Marzena R.,  24.08.2025 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A very pleasant climb up the centre of the buttress. Start below the obvious crack line in the middle of the face. Climb the crack directly, using plentiful holds and good gear placements (cams are especially useful). The climbing is steady with a crux in the middle. It is enjoyable throughout, finishing on easier ground above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A fine outing at the grade, offering a satisfying mix of movement and security.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br /&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley.png|thumb|Sunday’s Joy Mahon Valley|alt=|center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;An Giorra Butress&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Wanderweg_Walls&amp;diff=4866</id>
		<title>Wanderweg Walls</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Wanderweg_Walls&amp;diff=4866"/>
		<updated>2025-09-25T06:02:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Wanderweg Walls==&lt;br /&gt;
This east facing wall is to the west of Crotty’s Rock and lies in the centre of the upper coum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LIZARD''' 100m E2/3 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Location: to the left [south] of For the Fallen, in the south-west corner of the coum, is an East-facing triangular face set up high in a hidden bay. The corner is at the left edge of this face.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To gain access to the bay, it is necessary to climb the 50m vegetated cliff that guards it. Rock-purists might baulk at this and instead opt to abseil in but to do this is to miss out on the full experience [and the tick] and would be like eating pudding without dinner first.  (For more info. see ''The Jolly Podger)''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Thelizardcrottys3.png|550px|centre]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 1. 50m. Work your way up to the left of the bay. The line taken by H.F. on the day was different to that taken by G.F. on an earlier reconnaissance ascent [unseconded] earlier in the year but the overall impression was the same: harder than it looks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2. 50m. 5c. Follow the crack between the detached spike and the wall with surprising difficulty for 20m to its apex. Continue up the overhanging corner with good protection. At top, exit right to avoid jumbled blocks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H.Fogg[1], G.Fogg[2], Hh.Fogg, E.Miles. 1/8/2015.  Cleaned earlier on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE JOLLY PODGER''' 100m E1 4c,4c, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The thin-edged crack in the centre of the face to the right of ''The Lizard'' has a bold start leading to more-relaxed climbing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' 50m As for The ''Lizard.'' To gain the ''Lizard'' bay, start well to the left.   '''1a'''. An initial 10m of exciting climbing on vegetation leads to a more-level section. Traverse right to rock. Two cracks give protection to next ledge and a good belay at a chimney. It is not a bad idea to bring your second up to this point.  '''1b'''. Climb the right-hand edge of the chimney. Looking across to the right, a tombstone spike is evident. Traverse to this and on into the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''' 50m Climb the edge of the flake, a sling at the top giving the first reliable protection. Hand-traverse the top of the flake to gain the system that leads on left and up until it finally overjuts. A belay in a little corner above this allows a good view and communication with your second.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, B.McConnell  13/8/2016    Cleaned 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WANDERWEG''',  HXS 5a,  P.B. C.E.  10/10/09&lt;br /&gt;
First climbed in wet/greasy conditions hence an element of wandering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[The location of this route remains a mystery, despite the best efforts, over the years, of those climbers who both knew Colm and Peter and also the climbing at Crotty’s. The most recent and determined attempts in 2025 failed to identify any features that could be matched with those described. A possible explanation is that the original assumption that their route lay in this area was wrong.  The search continues.]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 40m Start at steep left trending crack, step right to delicately pull up onto grass ledge. Traverse left past detached block and ascend long grassy corner. Belay below an obvious chimney.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 20m Climb to base of chimney which is avoid by a traverse rightwards along an ascending crack and past some blocks until a left trending crack is reached. Climb this crack to top of chimney.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m Ascend a rightwards trending ramp to its end and drop into the grassy gully below. Move further down to the base of a wide crack near the right edge of the wall. Climb this to the end of the crack. Then leave the wall by moving to a steep slab around its right edge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ascend easily up the grassy gully to a level grass ledge. Walk leftwards to the base of an obvious well formed corner and crack system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 25m Climb the steep corner past a chockstone. Move left, at top to clean vertical cracks between detached blocks. Climb the second crack from the right.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Forthefallen1.jpg|550px|centre]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''FOR THE FALLEN'''  100m E3 5a 5c 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Carrick to Lemybrien road, from a few miles away, on a clear morning, the Wanderweg wall shines out from Crotty's Lough coum. From the coum itself, it is the bare face, parallel to the planes of faulting facing east. We have not yet located this climb relative to Colm and Peter's Wanderweg and it is too late to ask, but we will sort that later.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route was initially graded E2 but on reclimbing it, it is E3. The utterly superb second pitch is very exposed and sustained, with the crack offering only the most tenuous of jams. The new top pitch is that originally intended had not failing light intervened.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The scruffy first pitch is in no way as easy as it looks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial 30m of rock was avoided by grass-scrambling to the left up to a ledge. Step right into a comfy vee recess. At its foot is a horizontal slot with a pool of water hidden in the rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 5a. Climb the corner and follow the rising ledges rightwards to the apex, then make a difficult [even for the initiated] grass-pull up to a small rowan tree and grassy ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5c. Both climbers should make a protected traverse left onto an exposed bare ledge with a charnel-house of bones [a casual count gave 15+ leg rings].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start below the small corner formed by the attached slab of rock above but go left to middle of face and follow crack to left to narrow rock ledge with luxuriant cowberry [lingonberry to the Scandinavians] on left(only sighting). Step right and follow left slanting crack to blunt arete and up broken rock to grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 15m 5a. Climb crack near right hand side of face, from half-way up ramp. This is not hard until [again] the committing grass-pull exit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 25m of easier climbing remains to reach the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg 1,2[after G ran out of steam at top of crack], G. Fogg 3.  20/8/2014  Onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative and better 3rd pitch'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5c. From left of the ramp, climb the crack to the highest point of the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg 2/9/2014. Onsight.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Wanderweg_Walls&amp;diff=4863</id>
		<title>Wanderweg Walls</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Wanderweg_Walls&amp;diff=4863"/>
		<updated>2025-09-21T07:00:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Wanderweg Walls==&lt;br /&gt;
This east facing wall is to the west of Crotty’s Rock and lies in the centre of the upper coum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LIZARD''' 100m E2/3 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Location: to the left [south] of For the Fallen, in the south-west corner of the coum, is an East-facing triangular face set up high in a hidden bay. The corner is at the left edge of this face.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To gain access to the bay, it is necessary to climb the 50m vegetated cliff that guards it. Rock-purists might baulk at this and instead opt to abseil in but to do this is to miss out on the full experience [and the tick] and would be like eating pudding without dinner first.  (For more info. see ''The Jolly Podger)''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Thelizardcrottys3.png|550px|centre]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 1. 50m. Work your way up to the left of the bay. The line taken by H.F. on the day was different to that taken by G.F. on an earlier reconnaissance ascent [unseconded] earlier in the year but the overall impression was the same: harder than it looks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2. 50m. 5c. Follow the crack between the detached spike and the wall with surprising difficulty for 20m to its apex. Continue up the overhanging corner with good protection. At top, exit right to avoid jumbled blocks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H.Fogg[1], G.Fogg[2], Hh.Fogg, E.Miles. 1/8/2015.  Cleaned earlier on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE JOLLY PODGER''' 100m E1 4c,4c, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The thin-edged crack in the centre of the face to the right of ''The Lizard'' has a bold start leading to more-relaxed climbing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' 50m As for The ''Lizard.'' To gain the ''Lizard'' bay, start well to the left.   '''1a'''. An initial 10m of exciting climbing on vegetation leads to a more-level section. Traverse right to rock. Two cracks give protection to next ledge and a good belay at a chimney. It is not a bad idea to bring your second up to this point.  '''1b'''. Climb the right-hand edge of the chimney. Looking across to the right, a tombstone spike is evident. Traverse to this and on into the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''' 50m Climb the edge of the flake, a sling at the top giving the first reliable protection. Hand-traverse the top of the flake to gain the system that leads on left and up until it finally overjuts. A belay in a little corner above this allows a good view and communication with your second.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, B.McConnell  13/8/2016    Cleaned 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WANDERWEG''',  HXS 5a,  P.B. C.E.  10/10/09&lt;br /&gt;
First climbed in wet/greasy conditions hence an element of wandering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[The location of this route remains a mystery, despite the best efforts, over the years, of those climbers who both knew Colm and Peter and also the climbing at Crotty’s. The most recent and determined attempts in 2025 failed to identify any features that could be matched with those described. The most likely explanation is that the original assumption that their route lay in this area was wrong. This seems more and more likely to be the case - especially given that any way up here is going to be very difficult. The search continues.]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 40m Start at steep left trending crack, step right to delicately pull up onto grass ledge. Traverse left past detached block and ascend long grassy corner. Belay below an obvious chimney.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 20m Climb to base of chimney which is avoid by a traverse rightwards along an ascending crack and past some blocks until a left trending crack is reached. Climb this crack to top of chimney.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m Ascend a rightwards trending ramp to its end and drop into the grassy gully below. Move further down to the base of a wide crack near the right edge of the wall. Climb this to the end of the crack. Then leave the wall by moving to a steep slab around its right edge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ascend easily up the grassy gully to a level grass ledge. Walk leftwards to the base of an obvious well formed corner and crack system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 25m Climb the steep corner past a chockstone. Move left, at top to clean vertical cracks between detached blocks. Climb the second crack from the right.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Forthefallen1.jpg|550px|centre]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''FOR THE FALLEN'''  100m E3 5a 5c 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Carrick to Lemybrien road, from a few miles away, on a clear morning, the Wanderweg wall shines out from Crotty's Lough coum. From the coum itself, it is the bare face, parallel to the planes of faulting facing east. We have not yet located this climb relative to Colm and Peter's Wanderweg and it is too late to ask, but we will sort that later.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route was initially graded E2 but on reclimbing it, it is E3. The utterly superb second pitch is very exposed and sustained, with the crack offering only the most tenuous of jams. The new top pitch is that originally intended had not failing light intervened.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The scruffy first pitch is in no way as easy as it looks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial 30m of rock was avoided by grass-scrambling to the left up to a ledge. Step right into a comfy vee recess. At its foot is a horizontal slot with a pool of water hidden in the rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 5a. Climb the corner and follow the rising ledges rightwards to the apex, then make a difficult [even for the initiated] grass-pull up to a small rowan tree and grassy ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5c. Both climbers should make a protected traverse left onto an exposed bare ledge with a charnel-house of bones [a casual count gave 15+ leg rings].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start below the small corner formed by the attached slab of rock above but go left to middle of face and follow crack to left to narrow rock ledge with luxuriant cowberry [lingonberry to the Scandinavians] on left(only sighting). Step right and follow left slanting crack to blunt arete and up broken rock to grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 15m 5a. Climb crack near right hand side of face, from half-way up ramp. This is not hard until [again] the committing grass-pull exit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 25m of easier climbing remains to reach the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg 1,2[after G ran out of steam at top of crack], G. Fogg 3.  20/8/2014  Onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative and better 3rd pitch'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5c. From left of the ramp, climb the crack to the highest point of the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg 2/9/2014. Onsight.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4862</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4862"/>
		<updated>2025-09-20T19:56:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: /* Crotty’s Rock / Stola Grottagh / Crotty’s Pinnacle */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock / Stola Grottagh ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a/b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route, at the top of the grade, entertaining and with a variety of challenges.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m 4c. Climb the boulder choke below the massive bridging block.  At the block, go right into the dark tunnel, worthy of an Enid Blyton adventure, and emerge through a gap onto a woodrush slope on the right. Belay at cracks in the step leading to the next woodrush ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m 5a/b  Absorbing climbing. Climb the step and up woodrush to vertical rock.  Parallel lines of weakness lead upwards. Part of the challenge of this pitch is teasing out just where to go up and where to find gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. No route-finding difficulties on this! Up the corner. The crack steepens and becomes more challenging as it rises.  The corner crack provides protection throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Gallwey, C Ennis (shared leads) ''[= S.G for the 50m pitch 3]'' , August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[Originally graded HVS 5b!   With a 5b crux, it’s length, location and other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A. i.e.  From the higher start, follow the scruffy groove to the niche under the square overhang and step boldly out right onto the blank slab. At the top of the slab, move right 3m and up to the belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[If you fail to follow the route description closely, and omit to move right 3m at the top of the slab but keep going up, you will, after about 45m, come to a good square belay ledge - (which can be seen on the photo above, lit up by the sun). It is then about 22m (follow your nose) to the belay at the top of pitch 2. G. Fogg, M Griffin 16/7/2025]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle,  after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Irish_Climbing_Wiki&amp;diff=4861</id>
		<title>Irish Climbing Wiki</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Irish_Climbing_Wiki&amp;diff=4861"/>
		<updated>2025-09-20T17:45:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: /* Co. Waterford */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:#ffff00&amp;quot;&amp;gt;IF YOU ADD NEW ROUTES TO THE WIKI PLEASE ADD A POST TO THIS THREAD ON THE FORUM:&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
http://forum.climbing.ie/index.php/topic,5422.0.html&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MapThumb.png|none|thumb|link=https://www.google.com/maps/d/edit?mid=1CPSH_N4N3faP-wi9Z897XwEygiunPAgK&amp;amp;usp=sharing|alt=|Crag Map (work in progress)]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Introduction==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are several other websites actively recording new route and new boulder problem information in Ireland:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://colmcille-climbers.com/gb-home/ Donegal]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/undiscovered_donegal Donegal PDF Downloads]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.theshortspan.com Bouldering in Ireland (TheShortSpan)]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some of the above sites have forms where you can submit descriptions etc. and it may suit you to do that. However for your convenience this listing is also made available and we'll forward on any info received to the relevant guidebook editors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively just email the info to [mailto:newroutes@climbing.ie newroutes@climbing.ie]&lt;br /&gt;
==Crag List==&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Antrim==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ballygalley Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://colmcille-climbers.com/route-list/?crag_no=23&amp;amp;Submit=++Go++ Dunseverick] (Colmcille Climbers)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Fairhead]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Garron Point]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://colmcille-climbers.com/route-list/?crag_no=122&amp;amp;Submit=++Go++ Ramore Head] (Colmcille Climbers)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://colmcille-climbers.com/route-list/?crag_no=196&amp;amp;Submit=++Go++ Runkerry] (Colmcille Climbers)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Winter Climbing Glenariff]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Músaem Uladh]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Armagh==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Carlow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Cavan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cloch An tSagairt / Carrignahasta]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Englishman's House Crag]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[The Playbank]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Clare==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ailladie]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ailladie DWS Routes]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Aill na Cronain]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Aillnagapple]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Aran Islands]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ballyryan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ballynahown]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ceann Capaill]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cliffs Of Moher]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Croagh North/Rathborney Valley]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Doolin]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Eagles Rock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Fanore]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Loop Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Moneen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mullach Mor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Murroughkilly]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Slieve Rua]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Oughtdarra]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Scailp Na Seisri]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Turloughmore]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Cork==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Adrigole]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Allihies]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Barry's Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Beaumont Quarry]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Black Ball Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cape Clear Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Castletownroche]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cumeengadhra]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Glengarriff]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gowlbeg Mountain]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Knockadoon Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mizen Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Old Head Of Kinsale]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Oysterhaven]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Roberts Cove/Roberts Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Sands Cove]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Seven Heads]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Sheeps Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Sherkin Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Whiteball Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Derry==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Sperrin Mountains]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Donegal==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://uniqueascent.ie/donegal-guide Donegal Online Guidebook]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://colmcille-climbers.com/gb-home/ Another Donegal Online Guidebook]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Portsalon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Donegal PDF guidebook downloads==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 The 35 guidebooks below are in the PDF format and are available as free downloads. Where available there is a short film showing the best of each location.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Co Donegal (North)&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/inishowen_guide '''Inishowen''' guidebook download]&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;     &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RwvPDYVpY8Q Inishowen Film]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/cnoc_an_affrain '''Cnoc an Aifreann''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/muckish_guide '''An Mhucais''' guidebook download]&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;   [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u-aIgKu-Q_s Muckish Mountain Film]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/downings '''Downings''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;'''Co Donegal (western)'''&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://uniqueascent.ie/gweedore '''Gaoth Dodhair''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.uniqueascent.ie/errigal-guide '''Errigal''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://uniqueascent.ie/maumlack '''Mám an Leaca''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/poisoned_glen_guide '''Poisoned Glen''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/glenveagh_guide '''Gleann Bheatha''' guidebook download]&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;       &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p2oFsglD7EA Glenveagh Film]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/bingorms_guide '''Na Beanna Gorma/Loch Beara''' guidebook download]&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;    &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VAPJLqDzgOw Bingorms Film]&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Rrrq8WFwPJY Tarquinn's Groove Film]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://uniqueascent.ie/crobheithe '''Cró Bheithe''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.uniqueascent.ie/kincasslagh '''Cionn Caslach''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/crohy_head '''Ceann na Cruaiche''' guidebook download]&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;        [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EEoWmBz8gt4 Crohy Head Film]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/winter_climbing '''Winter Climbs''' guidebook download]&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;  &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FBrVLA_nSUM Muckish Winter Climbing Film]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Co Donegal (Islands)&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/tory_island '''Toraigh''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/inishsirrer '''inis Oirthir''' guidebook download]    &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/umphin_island '''Iompainn''' guidebook download]&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;                     &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bPZouFHRvTw '''Umphin Film''']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/tororragaun '''Tor Úi Arragáin''' guidebook download]&amp;amp;nbsp;                      &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;          &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EGn4ACCNmq4&amp;amp;t= '''Tororragaun Film''']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/gola_island_guide '''Gabhla''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/inishillintry '''Inis Oileantraigh''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/cruit_island_guide '''An Cruit''' guidebook download]     &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;                       &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BuWWRDMZx6Y Cruit Island Film]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/owey_island '''Uaigh''' guidebook download]&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;      &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;                       &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Tms4qGxnzNc Owey Island Film]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/arranmore_island '''Árainn  Mhór''' guidebook download] &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;                       &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;  [https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pqbAHGuFNWY&amp;amp;t= '''Arranmore island Film''']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.uniqueascent.ie/rathlin-o-birne-island '''Rathlin O Birne Island''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/deep-water-soloing '''Donegal Deep Water Soloing''' guidebook download]   &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; [https://youtu.be/NuwPakT03oM '''Deep Water Soloing Film''']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Co Donegal (South West)&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/glenlough '''Glenlough Bay''' guidebook download]&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fM0dcmhC7tk Glenlough Bay Film]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/sea_stack_guide '''Donegal Sea Stack''' guidebook download]&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;[http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gC5u646X0to Sea Stack Climbing Film]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/glencolmcille '''Glencolmcille''' guidebook download]&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;&amp;amp;nbsp;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jJpZuVXmAzo Skelpoonagh Film]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/malinbeg_guide '''Malinbeg''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/sail_rock_guide '''Sail rock''' guidebook download]&amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;   &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp; &amp;amp;nbsp;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=svJdCxz2bHM Sail Rock Film]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/muckross_guide '''Muckross Head''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/eglish_guide '''Eglish Valley''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.uniqueascent.ie/belshade_guide '''Lough Belshade''' guidebook download]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;big&amp;gt;Co Donegal (Sea Stacks)&amp;lt;/big&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.uniqueascent.ie/sea-stack-guide '''Sea Stack''' guidebook d]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.uniqueascent.ie/dunaff-head '''Bothán Mhara''']&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.uniqueascent.ie/tormore-ridge '''Tor Mór Ridge''']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.uniqueascent.ie/lighthouse-stack '''Lighthouse Staca Pol na a'Luaithe''']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.uniqueascent.ie/stac-an-iolar '''Stac an Iolar''']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.uniqueascent.ie/bristi-sea-stack '''Brístí Sea Stack''']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.uniqueascent.ie/gull-island '''Tor na Roisín''']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.uniqueascent.ie/pyramid-sea-stack '''Pyramid Sea Stack''']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.uniqueascent.ie/tormore-island '''An Tor Mór''']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.uniqueascent.ie/cnoc-na-mara '''Cnoc na Mara''']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.uniqueascent.ie/an-bhuideal '''An Bhuideal''']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://www.uniqueascent.ie/an-port '''An Port''']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Down==&lt;br /&gt;
[[Alnadue Quarry]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Annalong Buttress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ben Crom]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bearnagh Slabs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bearnagh Tors]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Binnian Lough Buttress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Binnian Tors]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Blue Lough Buttress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Buzzard's Roost]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Chimney Rock Mountain]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Doan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Douglas Crag]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Eagle Mountain]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Eagle Rocks]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Hare's Castle]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Hen Mountain]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Little Binnian]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lower Cove]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Meelmore]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[https://drive.google.com/open?id=1QCuRdFZWSJ4ADA3Vxn6w4yTJqoV7M2mt '''Moor Hill Quarry'''] - '''Access Banned''' - Mountaineering Ireland is actively engaged with Newry, Mourne &amp;amp; Down District Council in relation to securing access for climbing at Moorhill Quarry. In the meantime climbing at the quarry is not allowed. There is a new lock on the gate installed by the council on 18/11/2022. Please do not use the quarry to ensure that the talks between MI and the Council runs smoothly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Percy Bysshe]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Pigeon Rock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Slieve Beg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Slieve Commedagh]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Slievemageogh]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Slieve Muck]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Slieve Lamagan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Slievenaglogh Buttress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Spellack]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Upper Cove]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Unnamed Tor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Dublin==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bullock Harbour]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Dalkey Quarry]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Howth Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ireland's Eye]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[The Scalp]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Fermanagh==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Benaughlin]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Crag With A View]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cuilcagh Gap]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[The Fosstra]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Hanging Rock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Knockmore]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Monastir Sink]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Skreen Rock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wheathill Rock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Coolrakan Quarry]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Galway==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Aran Islands]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bencorr]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Binn Braon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cnoc Mordáin]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Diamond Hill]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Errisbeg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gleann Chochan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gleann Eighneach|Gleann Eidhneach]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Inagh Valley]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Little Killary]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Maamturks]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Galway city]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Kerry==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Corcha Duibhne / Dingle Peninsula===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ceann Bhaile Dháith / Ballydavid Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Brandon East Buttress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[An Charraig Ard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Com an Lochaigh]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[An Dún Mór / Dunmore Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Dún Séanna / Dunshean Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Glanteenassig forest]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[An Blascaod Mór / Great Blasket Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[An Sás / Sauce Creek]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ceann Sibéal]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Binn Diarmada]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===Other===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.zen68262.zen.co.uk/climbing-ireland.html#Ballinskelligs Ballinskelligs Point]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ballyheigue]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Black Valley]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.zen68262.zen.co.uk/climbing-ireland.html#Bladelands Bladelands]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.zen68262.zen.co.uk/climbing-ireland.html#Boluspt Bolus Point]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Coomachuillin]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cuas Croom]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.zen68262.zen.co.uk/climbing-ireland.html#Fortress Fortress Zawn]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gap Of Dunloe]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.zen68262.zen.co.uk/climbing-ireland.html#Glanearagh Glanearagh]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Glanearagh south]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Illaunnaweelaun]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kerry Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lamb's Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Loo Bridge]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lough Coumeenoughter]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Maghancoosaun]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.zen68262.zen.co.uk/climbing-ireland.html#Beena Beenakryraka Head, Valencia Island]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.zen68262.zen.co.uk/climbing-ireland.html#Reena Reenadrolaun Point, Valencia Island]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[http://www.zen68262.zen.co.uk/climbing-ireland.html#BCliff The Black Cliff, Valencia Island]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Winter Climbing around Carrauntoohil]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Kildare==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Kilkenny==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ballykeefe Quarry]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Knockdrinna]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Laois==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Leitrim==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cloch An tSagairt / Carrignahasta]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cloonty Pruglish]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[King's Rock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mass Rock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[The Doons]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Swiss Valley]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Limerick==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Knockhourough]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Knockroe]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lough Gur]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Longford==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Louth==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Slievenaglogh]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Long Woman's Grave, Cooleys - The Thing In The Forest]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Mayo==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Achill|Achill]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Achill_Atlantic_Drive|Achill Atlantic Drive]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Achillbeg_Island|Achillbeg Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Benwee_Head|Benwee Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Clare_Island|Clare Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Coum_Gowlaun|Coum Gowlaun]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Doo_Lough|Doo Lough]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Downpatrick_Head|Downpatrick Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Glen_Loss_Point|Glen Loss Point]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Inishkea_Island|Inishkea Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Iorras - Ceann an Eannaigh]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Iorras - Doonamo Point]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Iorras - Gleann Lára]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Inishturk_Island|Inishturk Island]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Killary_Crags|Killary Crags]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Derreennawinshin|Derreennawinshin]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mweelrea|Mweelrea]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mweelrea/_Ben_Bury_Scrambles|Mweelrea/ Ben Bury Scrambles]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Portacloy|Portacloy]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Porturlin|Porturlin]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Srahnalong_Valley_/_An_Scoltach|Srahnalong Valley / An Scoltach]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tangincartoor|Tangincartoor]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Winter climbing Connemara/South Mayo group|Winter climbing Connemara/South Mayo group]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Meath==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Monaghan==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Offaly==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Silver River Crag]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Roscommon==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Sligo==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Aughris Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cooney Rock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Doomore Crag]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Happy Valli]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Hawk Rock/Cuckoo Buttress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Kings Mountain]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mullaghmore/Roskeeragh Point]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Scalp na gCapail]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Slish Wood]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tormore]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Union Woods]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Tipperary==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Devil's bit]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Tyrone==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Strabane Glen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cookstown Quarry]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Waterford==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ardmore Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Ballinaclough]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bunmahon]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Coumshingaun]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Crotty's Rock|Crotty's]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Fauscoum]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Foill An Priosun]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Helvick Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mahon Valley]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Coum Tay]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Nire Valley]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Westmeath==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Fore]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Rock of Curry]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Wexford==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Rocklands]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Forth Mountain]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Co. Wicklow==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Notes on Early Wicklow Climbing]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Annalecka Buttress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Barnacullian]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Barnbawn]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bell Rock - Avoca]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[The Bishop - Dunran]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bonfire Buttress]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Bray Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Carrick Mountain]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Carrigshouk]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Cloghoge]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Glendalough]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Glenmalure]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Great Sugar Loaf]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Green Lizard]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Hollywood]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lough Bray]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lough Dan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lough Nahanagan]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lover's Leap - Enniskerry]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Luggala]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Mall Hill]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Tonduff/Raven's Glen]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Rocky Valley]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wicklow Head]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wicklow Winter Climbs]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
__FORCETOC__&lt;br /&gt;
__INDEX__&lt;br /&gt;
__NEWSECTIONLINK__&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Wanderweg_Walls&amp;diff=4860</id>
		<title>Wanderweg Walls</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Wanderweg_Walls&amp;diff=4860"/>
		<updated>2025-09-20T17:29:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;==Wanderweg Walls==&lt;br /&gt;
This east facing wall is to the west of Crotty’s Rock and lies in the centre of the upper coum. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LIZARD''' 100m E2/3 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Location: to the left [south] of For the Fallen, in the south-west corner of the coum, is an East-facing triangular face set up high in a hidden bay. The corner is at the left edge of this face.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To gain access to the bay, it is necessary to climb the 50m vegetated cliff that guards it. Rock-purists might baulk at this and instead opt to abseil in but to do this is to miss out on the full experience [and the tick] and would be like eating pudding without dinner first.  (For more info. see ''The Jolly Podger)''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Thelizardcrottys3.png|550px|centre]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 1. 50m. Work your way up to the left of the bay. The line taken by H.F. on the day was different to that taken by G.F. on an earlier reconnaissance ascent [unseconded] earlier in the year but the overall impression was the same: harder than it looks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2. 50m. 5c. Follow the crack between the detached spike and the wall with surprising difficulty for 20m to its apex. Continue up the overhanging corner with good protection. At top, exit right to avoid jumbled blocks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H.Fogg[1], G.Fogg[2], Hh.Fogg, E.Miles. 1/8/2015.  Cleaned earlier on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE JOLLY PODGER''' 100m E1 4c,4c, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The thin-edged crack in the centre of the face to the right of ''The Lizard'' has a bold start leading to more-relaxed climbing.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''1.''' 50m As for The ''Lizard.'' To gain the ''Lizard'' bay, start well to the left.   '''1a'''. An initial 10m of exciting climbing on vegetation leads to a more-level section. Traverse right to rock. Two cracks give protection to next ledge and a good belay at a chimney. It is not a bad idea to bring your second up to this point.  '''1b'''. Climb the right-hand edge of the chimney. Looking across to the right, a tombstone spike is evident. Traverse to this and on into the bay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''2.''' 50m Climb the edge of the flake, a sling at the top giving the first reliable protection. Hand-traverse the top of the flake to gain the system that leads on left and up until it finally overjuts. A belay in a little corner above this allows a good view and communication with your second.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, B.McConnell  13/8/2016    Cleaned 2015.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WANDERWEG''',  HXS 5a,  P.B. C.E.  10/10/09&lt;br /&gt;
First climbed in wet/greasy conditions hence an element of wandering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[The location of this route remains a mystery, despite the best efforts, over the years, of those climbers who both knew Colm and Peter and also the climbing at Crotty’s. The most recent and determined attempts in 2025 failed to identify any features that could be matched with those described.]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 40m Start at steep left trending crack, step right to delicately pull up onto grass ledge. Traverse left past detached block and ascend long grassy corner. Belay below an obvious chimney.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 20m Climb to base of chimney which is avoid by a traverse rightwards along an ascending crack and past some blocks until a left trending crack is reached. Climb this crack to top of chimney.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m Ascend a rightwards trending ramp to its end and drop into the grassy gully below. Move further down to the base of a wide crack near the right edge of the wall. Climb this to the end of the crack. Then leave the wall by moving to a steep slab around its right edge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ascend easily up the grassy gully to a level grass ledge. Walk leftwards to the base of an obvious well formed corner and crack system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 25m Climb the steep corner past a chockstone. Move left, at top to clean vertical cracks between detached blocks. Climb the second crack from the right.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Forthefallen1.jpg|550px|centre]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''FOR THE FALLEN'''  100m E3 5a 5c 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the Carrick to Lemybrien road, from a few miles away, on a clear morning, the Wanderweg wall shines out from Crotty's Lough coum. From the coum itself, it is the bare face, parallel to the planes of faulting facing east. We have not yet located this climb relative to Colm and Peter's Wanderweg and it is too late to ask, but we will sort that later.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route was initially graded E2 but on reclimbing it, it is E3. The utterly superb second pitch is very exposed and sustained, with the crack offering only the most tenuous of jams. The new top pitch is that originally intended had not failing light intervened.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The scruffy first pitch is in no way as easy as it looks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The initial 30m of rock was avoided by grass-scrambling to the left up to a ledge. Step right into a comfy vee recess. At its foot is a horizontal slot with a pool of water hidden in the rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 5a. Climb the corner and follow the rising ledges rightwards to the apex, then make a difficult [even for the initiated] grass-pull up to a small rowan tree and grassy ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5c. Both climbers should make a protected traverse left onto an exposed bare ledge with a charnel-house of bones [a casual count gave 15+ leg rings].&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start below the small corner formed by the attached slab of rock above but go left to middle of face and follow crack to left to narrow rock ledge with luxuriant cowberry [lingonberry to the Scandinavians] on left(only sighting). Step right and follow left slanting crack to blunt arete and up broken rock to grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 15m 5a. Climb crack near right hand side of face, from half-way up ramp. This is not hard until [again] the committing grass-pull exit. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 25m of easier climbing remains to reach the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg 1,2[after G ran out of steam at top of crack], G. Fogg 3.  20/8/2014  Onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative and better 3rd pitch'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5c. From left of the ramp, climb the crack to the highest point of the face.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg 2/9/2014. Onsight.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Crotty%27s_Rock&amp;diff=4859</id>
		<title>Crotty's Rock</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Crotty%27s_Rock&amp;diff=4859"/>
		<updated>2025-09-20T17:14:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: Undo revision 4858 by Gerry Fogg (talk)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Face|Crotty’s Rock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gully on South West Facing Side|Crotty’s Gully - South West Facing Side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gully on North East Facing Side|Crotty’s Gully - North East Facing Side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wanderweg Walls]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lake Side Buttress]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Crotty%27s_Rock&amp;diff=4858</id>
		<title>Crotty's Rock</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Crotty%27s_Rock&amp;diff=4858"/>
		<updated>2025-09-20T17:11:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Face|Crotty’s Rock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Crotty’s Gully - South West facing side|Crotty’s Gully - South West Facing Side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gully on North East Facing Side|Crotty’s Gully - North East Facing Side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wanderweg Walls]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lake Side Buttress]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Gully_on_North_East_Facing_Side&amp;diff=4857</id>
		<title>Gully on North East Facing Side</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Gully_on_North_East_Facing_Side&amp;diff=4857"/>
		<updated>2025-09-20T17:04:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Crottys Gully NE facing climbs.jpg]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Crotty’s Gully  - North-East Facing Climb'''s   (listed from top to bottom of gully).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Robin''', S, 8m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10/6/01 D. McNamara, P. Britton.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the short inside corner crack and exit slightly to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ard na Greine''', HS, 10m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10/6/01 D. McNamara, P. Britton.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Just right of Robin, climb the outside corner using the crack near its edge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Amnesia''', VS, 12 m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4/9/00 J. Bergin, C. Murray, D. McNamara.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
2m to the right of Ard na Greine, climb the obvious crack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resurgent Prey''', VS, 18m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4/6/01 P. Britton, J. Bergin, D. McNamara.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
An obvious crack that tends rightwards with height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pilfered Penguin''', HVS 5a, 22m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4/9/00 S. Daly, C. Murray.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
Left Hand Finish 4/6/01 J. Bergin, P. Britton.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
Some delicate moves near the start enable entry into a crack which leads to a platform on the right at 12m. Finish from the platform or else keep left prior to the platform for a more sustained finish (5a/b?). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Upper Right Terrace'''''  &lt;br /&gt;
''These routes are only accessible by abseil or as continuations of routes from the lower tier. Beware of some doubtful detached flakes in this area.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Crottys Gully NE facing 2 climbs.jpg]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Saw-tooth''', VS 4c, 21m &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
27/3/03, P. Britton, C. Ennis. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
Directly above Pound Out, the crack is climbed with assistance from ledges (teeth) to the left. A detached flake!! is gained as you enter into a notch. Now bridge up the side of a pinnacle or tooth to the left, to its point. Go directly up via the cracks above and then slightly to the right. Step across to the back wall and finish up a shallow corner straight ahead.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Matrix''', VS 4c, 21m  &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
27/3/03, P. Britton, C. Ennis. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Same as for Saw-tooth until after the detached flake. Gain a small bit of height on the right hand side of the notch then step out onto the steeper face to the right. Climb this past a wide crack, which requires traditional climbing techniques. Next step across to the back wall and finish up a slabby line that veers slightly right with height.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Lower Tier'''  ''&lt;br /&gt;
A rope can be fixed in advance to assist exiting from the terrace at the top of these climbs. Alternatively, pitches can be combined with routes up the upper tier, but on less sound rock in places.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Crottys Gully NE facing 3 climbs.jpg]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
'''Dropped Penny''', VS 4b, 22m.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;   &lt;br /&gt;
27/3/02, P. Britton, M. Quinn, E. Taylor. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
Below Pilfered Penguin,  a series of three right facing corners provide obvious lines up to the mid way terrace. Dropped Penny is the leftmost, or first, of these corners. Entering the corner proper is the crux move.  Belay at flake on terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Pound Out''', HVS 5a, 21m &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
27/3/03, P. Britton, C. Ennis.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
Easy at the grade, and starting from the same point as Dropped Penny. This climb takes the rightmost, or third corner, in the series. A large clean looking crack leads to an overhanging finish. You’ll need large protection. At the top, there is a hidden nut belay in the crack behind.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Gully_on_South_West_Facing_Side&amp;diff=4856</id>
		<title>Gully on South West Facing Side</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Gully_on_South_West_Facing_Side&amp;diff=4856"/>
		<updated>2025-09-20T17:03:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Crottys Gully SE Facing Climbs.jpg]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Crotty’s Gully  - South-West Facing Climbs  (listed from top to bottom of the gully).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Munching Mike''', D, 8m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
23/6/01, D. McNamara, P. Britton&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the deep inside corner crack.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Midsummer Madness''', HS, 12m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
23/6/01, D. McNamara, P. Britton&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Between the Munching Mike and Hairy Hatman cracks, climb the broken face. Some committing moves towards the top can be avoided to reduce the grade to VD.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Hairy Hat-man''', VD 8m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
23/6/01, D. McNamara, P. Britton&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Next inside corner crack  to the left.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Teddy Boy’s Belly''', S, 15m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
23/6/01, P. Britton, D. McNamara&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A rounded belly of rock at mid height and a square cut bolder at the top mark this climb. Some delicate moves at the start enable a leftward step onto the belly. Some further moves up the chest lead to easier ground above. Protection a bit sparse. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
('''Teddy Boy’s Armpit'''), HS 15m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7/6/03, N. Eager, R. Eager, N. Wall&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
A variation that starts more to the right and crosses over TBB at the neck.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Seacht Suas''', S, 17m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
27/10/01, P. Britton, H. McNamara&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Look for the slightly upward facing ‘7’ shaped crack. Use this to gain easier ground above. Protection moderate.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Lycopodium''', S, 25m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7/6/03, G. Fogg, P. Britton&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start 4m right of Helvic Bound. A short slab leads to a vertical overlap, which is followed until it tails off above to the right. Step right into a groove and move up leftwards to the steeper wall above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Helvic Bound''', VS 4c, 31m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7/6/03, P. Britton, G. Fogg&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start 3m right of Blue Vista. Climb the slab, staying left of a vertical overlap to reach the horizontal break and first runner at 7m. Now move slightly right,  then straight up following the faint arête line to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Blue Vista''', S, 34m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
10/6/01, P. Britton, D. McNamara&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A super route with reasonable protection. The climb starts at a vertical crack left of which the rock is severely undercut. After an awkward start, follow the crack to a sloping terrace on the left at about 20m. Now step well out right onto the wall above and up, where a keen eye will acquire protection. Move up past a detached flake which is gained from it’s right hand side. Beyond a grassed area above lies a final steep corner. A difficult and stretched start to this enables a leftward exit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Digitalis''', HS, 20m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
23/6/01, P. Britton, D. McNamara&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start as per Blue Vista. At 2.5m step left via a slight ramp and delicately reach a crack system. Climb the cracks. Avoid drifting rightwards into Blue Vista by making an awkward step leftwards at a flake. Exit at a grass terrace. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Blue Skies After Rain''', E1 5c, 24m&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
7/6/03, G. Fogg, P. Britton&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the steeply undercut section just left of Blue Vista. A steep pull-up provides a slightly desperate start followed immediately by some delicate moves prior to regaining composure. Traverse leftwards and upwards to reach a vertical crack. Climb this to the overlap which is passed on the RHS. Finish up a pinnacle.  Protection improves with height.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Crotty%27s_Rock&amp;diff=4855</id>
		<title>Crotty's Rock</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Crotty%27s_Rock&amp;diff=4855"/>
		<updated>2025-09-20T17:02:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Face|Crotty’s Rock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gully on South West Facing Side|Crotty’s Gully - South West Facing Side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gully on North East Facing Side|Crotty’s Gully - North East Facing Side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wanderweg Walls]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lake Side Buttress]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4854</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4854"/>
		<updated>2025-09-20T15:02:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock / Stola Grottagh / Crotty’s Pinnacle==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a/b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route, at the top of the grade, entertaining and with a variety of challenges.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m 4c. Climb the boulder choke below the massive bridging block.  At the block, go right into the dark tunnel, worthy of an Enid Blyton adventure, and emerge through a gap onto a woodrush slope on the right. Belay at cracks in the step leading to the next woodrush ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m 5a/b  Absorbing climbing. Climb the step and up woodrush to vertical rock.  Parallel lines of weakness lead upwards. Part of the challenge of this pitch is teasing out just where to go up and where to find gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. No route-finding difficulties on this! Up the corner. The crack steepens and becomes more challenging as it rises.  The corner crack provides protection throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Gallwey, C Ennis (shared leads) ''[= S.G for the 50m pitch 3]'' , August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[Originally graded HVS 5b!   With a 5b crux, it’s length, location and other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A. i.e.  From the higher start, follow the scruffy groove to the niche under the square overhang and step boldly out right onto the blank slab. At the top of the slab, move right 3m and up to the belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[If you fail to follow the route description closely, and omit to move right 3m at the top of the slab but keep going up, you will, after about 45m, come to a good square belay ledge - (which can be seen on the photo above, lit up by the sun). It is then about 22m (follow your nose) to the belay at the top of pitch 2. G. Fogg, M Griffin 16/7/2025]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle,  after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Crotty%27s_Rock&amp;diff=4853</id>
		<title>Crotty's Rock</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Crotty%27s_Rock&amp;diff=4853"/>
		<updated>2025-09-20T14:57:52Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;[[Introduction]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Main Face|Crotty’s Rock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gully on South West Facing Side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Gully on North East Facing Side]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Wanderweg Walls]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Lake Side Buttress]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4848</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4848"/>
		<updated>2025-09-19T06:35:30Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a/b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route, at the top of the grade, entertaining and with a variety of challenges.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m 4c. Climb the boulder choke below the massive bridging block.  At the block, go right into the dark tunnel, worthy of an Enid Blyton adventure, and emerge through a gap onto a woodrush slope on the right. Belay at cracks in the step leading to the next woodrush ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m 5a/b  Absorbing climbing. Climb the step and up woodrush to vertical rock.  Parallel lines of weakness lead upwards. Part of the challenge of this pitch is teasing out just where to go up and where to find gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. No route-finding difficulties on this! Up the corner. The crack steepens and becomes more challenging as it rises.  The corner crack provides protection throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Gallwey, C Ennis (shared leads) ''[= S.G for the 50m pitch 3]'' , August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[Originally graded HVS 5b!   With a 5b crux, it’s length, location and other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A. i.e.  From the higher start, follow the scruffy groove to the niche under the square overhang and step boldly out right onto the blank slab. At the top of the slab, move right 3m and up to the belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[If you fail to follow the route description closely, and omit to move right 3m at the top of the slab but keep going up, you will, after about 45m, come to a good square belay ledge - (which can be seen on the photo above, lit up by the sun). It is then about 22m (follow your nose) to the belay at the top of pitch 2. G. Fogg, M Griffin 16/7/2025]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle,  after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4847</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4847"/>
		<updated>2025-09-19T06:33:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a/b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route, at the top of the grade, entertaining and with a variety of challenges.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m 4c. Climb the boulder choke below the massive bridging block.  At the block, go right into the dark tunnel, worthy of an Enid Blyton adventure, and emerge through a gap onto a woodrush slope on the right. Belay at cracks in the step leading to the next woodrush ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m 5a/b  Absorbing climbing. Climb the step and up woodrush to vertical rock.  Parallel lines of weakness lead upwards. Part of the challenge of this pitch is teasing out just where to go up and where to find gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. No route-finding difficulties on this! Up the corner. The crack steepens and becomes more challenging as it rises.  The corner crack provides protection throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Gallwey, C Ennis (shared leads) ''[= S.G for the 50m pitch 3]'' , August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Originally graded HVS 5b!   With a 5b crux, it’s length, location and other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A. i.e.  From the higher start, follow the scruffy groove to the niche under the square overhang and step boldly out right onto the blank slab. At the top of the slab, move right 3m and up to the belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[If you fail to follow the route description closely, and omit to move right 3m at the top of the slab but keep going up, you will, after about 45m, come to a good square belay ledge - (which can be seen on the photo above, lit up by the sun). It is then about 22m (follow your nose) to the belay at the top of pitch 2. G. Fogg, M Griffin 16/7/2025]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle,  after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4846</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4846"/>
		<updated>2025-09-19T06:31:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a/b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route, at the top of the grade, entertaining and with a variety of challenges.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m 4c. Climb the boulder choke below the massive bridging block.  At the block, go right into the dark tunnel, worthy of an Enid Blyton adventure, and emerge through a gap onto a woodrush slope on the right. Belay at cracks in the step leading to the next woodrush ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m 5a/b  Absorbing climbing. Climb the step and up woodrush to vertical rock.  Parallel lines of weakness lead upwards. Part of the challenge of this pitch is teasing out just where to go up and where to find gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. No route-finding difficulties on this! Up the corner. The crack steepens and becomes more challenging as it rises.  The corner crack provides protection throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Gallwey, C Ennis (shared leads) ''[= S.G for the 50m pitch 3]'' , August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Originally graded HVS 5b!   With a 5b crux, it’s length, location and other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A. i.e.  From the higher start, follow the scruffy groove to the niche under the square overhang and step boldly out right onto the blank slab. At the top of the slab, move right 3m and up to the belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[If you fail to follow the route description closely, and omit to move right 3m at the top of the slab but keep going up, you will, after about 45m, come to a good square belay ledge - (which can be seen on the photo above, lit up by the sun). It is then about 22m (follow your nose) to the belay at the top of pitch 2. G. Fogg, M Griffin 16/7/2025]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle,  after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4845</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4845"/>
		<updated>2025-09-19T06:26:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: /* Crotty’s Rock – Main Face */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a/b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route, at the top of the grade, entertaining and with a variety of challenges.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m 4c. Climb the boulder choke below the massive bridging block.  At the block, go right into the dark tunnel, worthy of an Enid Blyton adventure, and emerge through a gap onto a woodrush slope on the right. Belay at cracks in the step leading to the next woodrush ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m 5a/b  Absorbing climbing. Climb the step and up woodrush to vertical rock.  Parallel lines of weakness lead upwards. Part of the challenge of this pitch is teasing out just where to go up and where to find gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. No route-finding difficulties on this! Up the corner. The crack steepens and becomes more challenging as it rises.  The corner crack provides protection throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Gallwey, C Ennis (shared leads) ''[= S.G for the 50m pitch 3]'' , August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Originally graded HVS 5b!   With a 5b crux, it’s length, location and other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A. i.e.  From the higher start, follow the scruffy groove to the niche under the square overhang and step boldly out right onto the blank slab. At the top of the slab, move right 3m and up to the belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[If you fail to follow the route description closely, and omit to move right 3m at the top of the slab but keep going up, you will, after about 45m, come to a good square belay ledge - (which can be seen on the photo above, lit up by the sun). It is then about 22m (follow your nose) to the belay at the top of pitch 2. G. Fogg, M Griffin 16/7/2025]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle,  after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4843</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4843"/>
		<updated>2025-09-18T05:44:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a/b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route, at the top of the grade, entertaining and with a variety of challenges.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m 4c. Climb the boulder choke below the massive bridging block.  At the block, go right into the dark tunnel, worthy of an Enid Blyton adventure, and emerge through a gap onto a woodrush slope on the right. Belay at cracks in the step leading to the next woodrush ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m 5a/b  Absorbing climbing. Climb the step and up woodrush to vertical rock.  Parallel lines of weakness lead upwards. Part of the challenge of this pitch is teasing out just where to go up and where to find gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. No route-finding difficulties on this! Up the corner. The crack steepens and becomes more challenging as it rises.  The corner crack provides protection throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Gallwey, C Ennis (shared leads), August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Originally graded HVS 5b!   With a 5b crux, it’s length, location and other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A. i.e.  From the higher start, follow the scruffy groove to the niche under the square overhang and step boldly out right onto the blank slab. At the top of the slab, move right 3m and up to the belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[If you fail to follow the route description closely, and omit to move right 3m at the top of the slab but keep going up, you will, after about 45m, come to a good square belay ledge - (which can be seen on the photo above, lit up by the sun). It is then about 22m (follow your nose) to the belay at the top of pitch 2. G. Fogg, M Griffin 16/7/2025]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle,  after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4842</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4842"/>
		<updated>2025-09-17T07:12:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a/b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route, at the top of the grade, entertaining and with a variety of challenges.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m 4c. Climb the boulder choke below the massive bridging block.  At the block, go right into the dark tunnel, worthy of an Enid Blyton adventure, and emerge through a gap onto a woodrush slope on the right. Belay at cracks in the step leading to the next woodrush ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m 5a/b  Absorbing climbing. Climb the step and up woodrush to vertical rock.  Parallel lines of weakness lead upwards. Part of the challenge of this pitch is teasing out just where to go up and where to find gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. No route-finding difficulties on this! Up the corner. The crack steepens and becomes more challenging as it rises.  The corner crack provides protection throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Gallwey, C Ennis (shared leads), August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Originally graded HVS 5b.   With a 5b crux, it’s length, location and other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A. i.e.: From the higher start, follow the scruffy groove to the niche under the square overhang and step boldly out right onto the blank slab. At the top of the slab, move right 3m and up to the belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[If you fail to follow the route description closely, and omit to move right 3m at the top of the slab but keep going up, you will, after about 45m, come to a good square belay ledge - (which can be seen on the photo above, lit up by the sun). It is then about 22m (follow your nose) to the belay at the top of pitch 2. G. Fogg, M Griffin 16/7/2025]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle,  after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4841</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4841"/>
		<updated>2025-09-17T07:03:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a/b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route, at the top of the grade, entertaining and with a variety of challenges.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m 4c. Climb the boulder choke below the massive bridging block.  At the block, go right into the dark tunnel, worthy of an Enid Blyton adventure, and emerge through a gap onto a woodrush slope on the right. Belay at cracks in the step leading to the next woodrush ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m 5a/b  Absorbing climbing. Climb the step and up woodrush to vertical rock.  Parallel lines of weakness lead upwards. Part of the challenge of this pitch is teasing out just where to go up and where to find gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. No route-finding difficulties on this! Up the corner. The crack steepens and becomes more challenging as it rises.  The corner crack provides protection throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Gallwey, C Ennis (shared leads), August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Originally graded HVS 5b.   With a 5b crux, it’s length, location and other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A. i.e.: From the higher start, follow the scruffy groove to the niche under the square overhang and step boldly out right onto the blank slab. At the top of the slab, move right 3m and up to the belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[If you fail to follow the route description closely, and omit to move right 3m at the top of the slab but keep going up, you will, after about 45m, come a good square belay ledge - (which can be seen on the photo above, lit up by the sun). It is then about 22m (follow your nose) to the belay at the top of pitch 2. G. Fogg, M Griffin 16/7/2025]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle,  after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4840</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4840"/>
		<updated>2025-09-17T06:14:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a/b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route, at the top of the grade, entertaining and with a variety of challenges.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m 4c. Climb the boulder choke below the massive bridging block.  At the block, go right into the dark tunnel, worthy of an Enid Blyton adventure, and emerge through a gap onto a woodrush slope on the right. Belay at cracks in the step leading to the next woodrush ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m 5a/b  Absorbing climbing. Climb the step and up woodrush to vertical rock.  Parallel lines of weakness lead upwards. Part of the challenge of this pitch is teasing out just where to go up and where to find gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. No route-finding difficulties on this! Up the corner. The crack steepens and becomes more challenging as it rises.  The corner crack provides protection throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Gallwey, C Ennis (shared leads), August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Originally graded HVS 5b.   With a 5b crux, it’s length, location and other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A. i.e.: From the higher start, follow the scruffy groove to the niche under the square overhang and step boldly out right onto the blank slab. At the top of the slab, move right 3m and up to the belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[If you fail to follow the route description closely, and omit to move right 3m at the top of the slab but keep going up, you will, after about 45m, come a good square belay ledge - (which can be seen on the photo above, lit up by the sun). It is then about 22m to the belay at the top of pitch 2. G. Fogg, M Griffin 16/7/2025]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle,  after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4839</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4839"/>
		<updated>2025-09-16T21:16:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a/b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route, at the top of the grade, entertaining and with a variety of challenges.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m 4c. Climb the boulder choke below the massive bridging block.  At the block, go right into the dark tunnel, worthy of an Enid Blyton adventure, and emerge through a gap onto a woodrush slope on the right. Belay at cracks in the step leading to the next woodrush ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m 5a/b  Absorbing climbing. Climb the step and up woodrush to vertical rock.  Parallel lines of weakness lead upwards. Part of the challenge of this pitch is teasing out just where to go up and where to find gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. No route-finding difficulties on this! Up the corner. The crack steepens and becomes more challenging as it rises.  The corner crack provides protection throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Galwey, C Ennis (shared leads), August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Originally graded HVS 5b.   With a 5b crux, it’s length, location and other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''[If you fail to follow the route description closely, and omit to move right 3m at the top of the slab but keep going up, you will, after about 45m, come a good square belay ledge - (which can be seen on the photo above, lit up by the sun). It is then about 22m to the belay at the top of pitch 2. G. Fogg, M Griffin 16/7/2025]''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle,  after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4797</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4797"/>
		<updated>2025-08-07T17:01:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a/b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route, at the top of the grade, entertaining and with a variety of challenges.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m 4c. Climb the boulder choke below the massive bridging block.  At the block, go right into the dark tunnel, worthy of an Enid Blyton adventure, and emerge through a gap onto a woodrush slope on the right. Belay at cracks in the step leading to the next woodrush ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m 5a/b  Absorbing climbing. Climb the step and up woodrush to vertical rock.  Parallel lines of weakness lead upwards. Part of the challenge of this pitch is teasing out just where to go up and where to find gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. No route-finding difficulties on this! Up the corner. The crack steepens and becomes more challenging as it rises.  The corner crack provides protection throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Galwey, C Ennis (shared leads), August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Originally graded HVS 5b.   With a 5b crux, it’s length, location and other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''More like 42m. Keep going (the line is obvious) until you reach the belay ledge - which is a large flat comfortable rectangle.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''More like 22m.  The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle,  after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4796</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4796"/>
		<updated>2025-08-07T16:12:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a/b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route, at the top of the grade, entertaining and with a variety of challenges.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 4c. Climb the boulder choke below the massive bridging block.  At the block, go right into the dark tunnel, worthy of an Enid Blyton adventure, and emerge through a gap onto a woodrush slope on the right. Continue up this and climb up a step onto a higher woodrush slope to belay at the rock wall leading up to the top corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5a/b  Absorbing climbing. Parallel lines of weakness lead upwards. Part of the challenge of this pitch is teasing out just where to go up and where to find gear.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. No route-finding difficulties on this! Up the corner. The crack steepens and becomes more challenging as it rises.  The corner crack provides protection throughout.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Galwey, C Ennis (shared leads), August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Originally graded HVS 5b.   With a 5b crux, it’s length, location and other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''More like 42m. Keep going (the line is obvious) until you reach the belay ledge - which is a large flat comfortable rectangle.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''More like 22m.  The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle,  after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4774</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4774"/>
		<updated>2025-07-14T17:41:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 4c. Climb up below the block and chimney in behind it to emerge on a woodrush slope. Continue up this and onto the green ledge on right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5a. Climb up deceptively easy-looking vegetated rock to base of top corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. Up the corner. A clean honest pitch in a spectacular situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Galwey, C Ennis (shared leads), August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Originally graded HVS 5b.   With a 5b crux, it’s length, location and other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''More like 42m. Keep going (the line is obvious) until you reach the belay ledge - which is a large flat comfortable rectangle.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''More like 22m.  The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle,  after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4773</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4773"/>
		<updated>2025-07-10T15:44:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 4c. Climb up below the block and chimney in behind it to emerge on a woodrush slope. Continue up this and onto the green ledge on right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5a. Climb up deceptively easy-looking vegetated rock to base of top corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. Up the corner. A clean honest pitch in a spectacular situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Galwey, C Ennis (shared leads), August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Originally graded HVS!!  With it’s 5b crux, length, location and a couple of other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''More like 42m. Keep going (the line is obvious) until you reach the belay ledge - which is a large flat comfortable rectangle.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''More like 22m.  The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle,  after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4772</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4772"/>
		<updated>2025-07-10T15:42:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 4c. Climb up below the block and chimney in behind it to emerge on a woodrush slope. Continue up this and onto the green ledge on right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5a. Climb up deceptively easy-looking vegetated rock to base of top corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. Up the corner. A clean honest pitch in a spectacular situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Galwey, C Ennis (shared leads), August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Originally graded HVS!!  With it’s 5b crux, length, location and a couple of other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''More like 42m. Keep going (the line is obvious) until you reach the belay ledge - which is a large flat comfortable rectangle.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''More like 22m.  The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle , after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4771</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4771"/>
		<updated>2025-07-10T06:35:05Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 4c. Climb up below the block and chimney in behind it to emerge on a woodrush slope. Continue up this and onto the green ledge on right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5a. Climb up deceptively easy-looking vegetated rock to base of top corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. Up the corner. A clean honest pitch in a spectacular situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Galwey, C Ennis (shared leads), August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Originally graded HVS - me bollocks! - With it’s 5b crux, length, location and a couple of other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking, requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''More like 42m. Keep going (the line is obvious) until you reach the belay ledge - which is a large flat comfortable rectangle.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''More like 22m.  The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle , after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4770</id>
		<title>Main Face</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Main_Face&amp;diff=4770"/>
		<updated>2025-07-10T06:33:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==Crotty’s Rock – Main Face==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A number of ways have been forged up the arête on the main face of Crotty’s Rock. Maha Mind provides the most direct option and is recommended. However, all options recorded here are enjoyable. Ong Gong Arête, and its direct finish, were ground up ascent and thus follow natuarlly clean lines. The keen will start from the lowest point, but it is possible to skip the first step of rock on the first pitch, but the leader and belayer must first both get established directly under the square cut overhang above.&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:CrottysMainFaceTopo1.jpg|350px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''['''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''[Not] Up For The Match'''  85m E1 4c 5a 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;At the top left [eastern] side of the crag is a flat face and at its right-hand edge, a clean corner curving up and overhanging very slightly at the top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Start at the gully below, to the left of the start of Maha Mind/Ong Gong Arete, which is bridged by a large block.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 4c. Climb up below the block and chimney in behind it to emerge on a woodrush slope. Continue up this and onto the green ledge on right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5a. Climb up deceptively easy-looking vegetated rock to base of top corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b. Up the corner. A clean honest pitch in a spectacular situation.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg [1 &amp;amp; 3] H. Fogg [2]   7/9/2014.  On sight.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Historical note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;       All three of the first ascentionists of the next route ''Maha Mind,'' died climbing: Colm and Peter in the Alps and Stephen, closer to home, in Ballykeeffe.]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Maha Mind'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 118m E1 5b, P. Britton, S. Galwey, C Ennis (shared leads), August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A line straighter than, and in part common with, O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Originally graded HVS - me bollocks! - With it’s 5b crux, length, location and a couple of other challenges, this is not a pushover at E1. This route is quite an undertaking., requiring craft, technique and composure and the long dry days of mid-Summer.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m Same as pitch 1 of O.G.A.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''More like 42m. Keep going (the line is obvious) until you reach the belay ledge - which is a large flat comfortable rectangle.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	5a 32m A 2m layback move just above the belay concludes with a balance move into a shallow groove. Climb to the right of the rib above and then enter the large V groove beyond.  Above the groove, climb the 3m right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left into an enclosed belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''More like 22m.  The enclosed belay is in behind a large flake. The crack with the off-width top is clearly visible above.'']&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	5b 50m Climb the left trending crack above, the last 3m is overhanging and off-width. From the good stance above, climb the right facing crack to its conclusion at 3m. Take a step up and right on the wall and climb delicately to the top, exit off the wall leftwards. Traverse some 8m over the broken blocks then climb to the final pinnacle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[''Most pairs will think it sensible to take a belay immediately above the off-width crack. Above this, the looming pinnacle , after the initial flake, has an intimidating appearance of blankness. That’s where you are going.  After this, the remainder of the route, across boulders and up a final slope is a scramble.]''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Oh Gee''' finish to Maha Mind: P. Britton, C. Ennis (shared leads), 23 August 2003&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; ''&lt;br /&gt;
''Pitchs 1 &amp;amp; 2 as per Maha Mind.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''3.	5a 20m Avoid the last overhanging 3m of the off-width crack by stepping left and then traversing back onto the top of the crack. Belay just beyond the crack.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''4. 	4b 30m Move a few metres rightwards onto the sharp arête and climb onto the top of a 3m block. Now step directly back left onto the exposed wall above the crack of the last pitch. Move delicately to the top of this; protection is limited but footholds are good. Traverse some 8m then climb up to the final pinnacle.''[[Image:OngGongArt.jpg|300px|left|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Ong Gong Arête ''' &lt;br /&gt;
124m HVS 5a, P. Britton, J.Morrissey,  ( 25th July 1999)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This climb takes the longest possible line up the main face of Crotty’s Rock. The first pitch has some heather near the start and appears easy, however it proves otherwise and introduces the first of many enjoyable airy rightward steps. Start at 530m height about 10 m left of the remains of an old fence line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.	5a 38m - From the lowest point of the crag, climb the short slab to the heather terrace. Some 20m up the wall above a 2m square cut overhang is clearly visible; rejoin rock at a point directly below this*. &lt;br /&gt;
Climb to a stance just under the square cut overhang (1½ tri-cam and size 1 cam recommended, no protection after this). Step boldly out to the right, initially using pocket holds. Continue delicately to the top of the steep slab. Move right 3m and up to a belay ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note:* (Alternatively, access from the left and setup belay for first pitch at this point on the sloping terrace.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.	4a 22m - Climb the right facing corner on the left of belay. Move up then traverse rightwards. Pass by the entrance to the large V groove; instead use the green tinged ramp to the right, which is gained by an airy step. Climb the ramp with improving holds then move left to a belay ledge with a knee height cave.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.	4a 15m - Climb another steep right facing corner using a finger crack then move up and left to where a short crack leads into an enclosed belay. Find protection at rear of this.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.	4b 22m - Ascend from the belay near its outside edge, then move right to the main arête. Another airy step to the right followed by some awkward moves up a crack leads to the right hand side of the arête. Climb the wall above near it's outside edge. Belay at a spike on the now exposed arête.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. - Direct Finish    - P. Britton, G. Moss, T. O'Neill (6th May 2000)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5a/b 12m - Beyond the arête a large block rests against the final wall. Climb the block to a comfortable stance. From here traverse committingly rightwards into the base of twin cracks on the steep exposed face. Climb these to gain the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. - Diff 15m Exit by a traverse and short climb to the upper pinnacle.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Original pitch 5.'''&lt;br /&gt;
“Long John Finish”  With enjoyable bridging and chimney moves.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Abseil down 15m from the belay spike (bring tat) onto the RHS of the arête. Move 12m to the right to below an obvious wide crack system.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(5) 4a 40m - Climb the large cracks and flakes with bridging moves to gain the chimney above. Then move past a block from where more pleasant chunky and/or chimney moves lead to the top.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4769</id>
		<title>Mahon Valley</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="http://wiki.climbing.ie/index.php?title=Mahon_Valley&amp;diff=4769"/>
		<updated>2025-07-02T21:19:28Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Gerry Fogg: /* STACK'S CLIFF */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;These cliffs have perhaps the easiest access of any of the Comeragh cliffs. Cars may be parked at GR314080 and a good surfaced track may be followed as far as the Mahon falls, if you are headed for the higher cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==PATHSIDE CRAGS==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Car Park Crags'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
From the car park, looking towards the falls, these are close by on the left- hand side (West).  A ledge divides the rock into an upper and a lower band.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''YERR OWN ARE THE WORST''' 10m  HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Visible from the car park, starting from the ledge, above an undercut section, this crack slants to the right before tracking back left and up. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the rough edge of the flake.  Interest is maintained to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, J. Bergin   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''An Giorra Butress'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''This little buttress with the following 2 routes is approximately 100m from the track (to the left) which leads to the Mahon Falls and is approx. 30m above it. It stands out as an obvious vertical and clean piece of rock, about 250m from the car-park, and its south-facing wall is marked on the right hand side by an obvious off-width crack.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The first two climbs are at the south-facing wall (facing the car park):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CALLUNA''' 	10m	HS 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, M. Lyng, 5. 9. 1996&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the vertical crack line which starts about 3m to the left of An Giorra Maol. Climb the crack for 4m to the rightward trending break, move to the right and continue steeply upwards on bigger and better holds. Belay well back.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AN GIORRA MAOL''' 	8m	VS 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This route takes the crackline about one meter to the left of the off-width crack. Well protected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''PHLOGISTON'''  8m  E2 6a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ‘obvious off-width’.  The crack is deeply undercut at the bottom which makes getting established both difficult and strenuous.  For protection, you will need two large cams: a largish one to cover the first move and a second bigger one (Camalot 5 or equivalent) higher up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg,  J. Butler   6/7/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Further 100 m into the valley, the next three climbs are at an east-facing wall (facing the footpath):'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''LEFT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, J Hennessey, June 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Climb the left hand crack using some painful hand-jams.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CENTRE CRACK''' 	10m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger, 25th May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route climbs the obvious jamming crack in the centre of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RIGHT HAND CRACK''' 	8m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, J. Bergin, Sept 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the thin crack on the right hand side of the wall to gain the terrace above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Keating’s Cliff  (East-facing cliff)==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls.''' &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Ancient Rain is in the middle of the high cliff above the path, just above an overhanging rock that juts out from the sloping hillside below. The crag shown in the topo is at the further continuation of this band of cliffs, near to the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' ANCIENT RAIN''' 	65m	E2 4c, 5c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S Gallwey, J Bergin, June 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This route is located on the large and steep crag high up on the left of the valley as you approach the Mahon Falls. It tackles the highest part of the cliff where a double stepped overhang dominates the wall. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 20m Start to the left of the overhang, at the base of a corner formed by a slanting and protruding slab/ramp which runs diagonally to the right. Climb up this corner and then the ensuing slab to the large recess below the overhangs. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 45m. Bridge up the corner on the left hand side of the overhang until you can commit yourself to the crux sequence on the steep left-hand wall. Keep going on past the overhangs to the niche above and into a groove on the left which eases off to a belay just below the top. Very good protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------&lt;br /&gt;
[[image:coum mahon.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''5 MAHON CHIMNEY''' 	20m	HVS 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, June 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The chimney is situated at the left hand end of the crag and is formed by a huge crack splitting some detached blocks. Climb chimney facing left on lower section and right on upper section. Poor protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''HAPPY CRACK'''   20m E4 6a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Up the centre of the face to the right of Mahon Chimney.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This little route is an ideal one for the hard-climbing visitor to warm up on: from a sunny ledge with the the sight and sound of running water in the background and an easy walk-in, mostly along a metalled path. It is short, there are holds and protection, it looks about HVS. Sure, how hard could it be??&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: up the edge of the ramp to the face. Up the centre of this to the strong crack through the small overhang and continue to top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
H. Fogg, G. Fogg  16/9/2014.  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''6 HISSING SID''' 	40m	E1 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, O. Jacob, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the corner up the steep face of the left hand buttress to the right of Mahon Chimney. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. 10 m. Climb up left hand side of the slabs to a large grassy ledge at the base of the corner. Belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. 30 m. Climb up the corner until it is possible to step left onto a ledge after the first overhang. Regain the base of the undercut corner (crux) and continue up the corner until it is possible to exit up the left hand wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''7 SALAMANDER''' 	42m	HVS 5a, 4b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
O. Jacob, S. Gallwey, W. Lee, October 1981&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the centre of the slab up the left hand side of the central buttress. Start at the left hand corner of the slab. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24 m. Climb the crack to just above the overhang. Traverse right (no protection) on whitish rock for 6m. into the centre of the slab. Climb up into a niche (crux) and gain the obvious crack to the left, reaching a belay on the grassy ledge. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 18 m. Climb wide juggy crack to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''8 DERANGED COUSINS''' 	45m	HVS 5a, 5a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the Salamander slab just left of the arête. Start at base of arête. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 22 m. Climb short wall to a ledge at 6m. Climb leftwards into a groove and continue on up cracks above the groove. Belay halfway up the cliff on a ledge on the arête, just below overhang (large friends or nuts for the belay). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 23 m. Step up left onto a ledge and climb straight up the face above, protection improving with height. Continue on up the face keeping close to the arête. The overhang is climbed on large holds just left of the break.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Alternative finish 		5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
E. Hernstadt, S. Gallwey. May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the horizontal break 3 m. below the overhang, step around the arête into a deep corner. Climb the slab to the right until standing on the sharp nose. Climb straight up the impending wall above for 5m. to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9 THE LISTING ATTIC''' 	45m	VS 4c, 4c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
S. Gallwey, E. Hernstadt, (alternate leads) May 1987&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the right hand side of the large slab on the buttress on the right of the Salamander slab. Start at the centre of face. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 25 m. Climb up easy ground just right of centre until just right of a niche where it is possible to traverse out rightwards onto the arête, thus avoiding the grass. Climb the arête with a difficult move to avoid the overhang. Continue up to belay on the arête below a second overhang. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 20 m. Climb the second overhang to the left keeping as close to the arête as possible (crux). Continue on up the face to a sloping ledge where it is possible to escape rightwards if desired. Traverse left below impending band of rock to a vertical crack, which is climbed to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''9a Dave The Rave''' 45m VS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
D. Keane, P. Flynn,  April 2014&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Start to the right of The Listing Attic and follow the grassy crack to belay at the ledge at the overhang, there is a lot of space here for large cams or hexes. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Continue by traversing left over the grass to cleaner rock (Mid slab). Climb slightly diagonally right crossing a grass filled crack all the way to the final overhang. Traverse left to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''10 IOMAIRE NA CAORTHAN''' 	53m	HS 4b, 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, A Widger, May 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb takes the obvious arete approx 20m to the right (north) of the Salamander slab. (50 meter ropes desirable). Start in the gully to the right of the ridge proper. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 8m. Climb easily for about 5m until it is possible to traverse left onto the arête, then climb with confidence over a small prow. Continue and belay at a small Rowan tree. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 45m. Climb the arête to the top.                                                &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==STACK'S CLIFF==&lt;br /&gt;
This is the name given in the 1958 Climber's Club Journal (and confirmed in conversation with local sheep-farmers in 2024) to those on the right-hand side as one approaches the Falls i.e. South- West-facing cliffs.&lt;br /&gt;
The 1956 routes  Heifer Buttress, Calf Rib and Hilary's Horror are described as being at the eastern end of the cliff and Jacob's Ladder[1957] as being at the western end. Assuming that the writers did not confuse east and west, that puts the 1956 routes further away from the [Mahon] Falls than Jacobs Ladder, in the direction of Waterfall Slabs.  As obvious and inviting lines on this section of the cliff are limited, there must be a strong suspicion that some, at least, of the 1969 routes followed the same lines as the 1956 routes. Locating the account of the 1956 routes would clear this up.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[Image:Stacks_cliff.jpg|900px|centre|Main Face]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;THE PLAYGROUND AREA&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moving leftwards (to NW) from The Dreaming Gully, as the end of the cliff is reached, the ground rises, the top of the cliff slopes down, and the now-shorter cliff faces West.  There are two sections of climbable rock here, both offering single pitch routes of about 25m, with a short and easy walk back to the bottom.  Both overlook the area at the top of the Falls.  This is an area likely to be reached by the more energetic or adventurous visitors to the Falls.  Depending on whether or not you enjoy having an audience, this may or may not be an advantage; on Tuesdays in mid November, it is not an issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Playground 1&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The first (lower) section: fairly clean slabby rock with vertical cracklines.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''MENE'''  26m  VS 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start to the left of centre and follow the two parallel cracks through a slight bulge near the top.  Slightly longer and steeper than it appears and with moderate protection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;PLAGROUND 2&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''  The second, higher section, dominated by a large hanging slab at the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TEKEL'''  25m  VS  4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Follow the broken rib that leads to the prow just to the right of the hanging slab.  Climb the crack just right of the arete and then go left into the groove between prow and slab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  12th November 2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Dreaming Gully routes&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following routes are located on the east facing wall of the large gully immediately to the right of and overlooking the Mahon Falls. While the first pitch of The Dreaming contains some potentially loose rock, it was well tested. However, from the belay ledge, there are three fine lines up compact rock in an excellent situation. It is well worth abseiling in from a large block about 10m back from the cliff to climb any or all of these routes.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''INARTICULATE DREAMS''' 	20m HVS 5a (as a stand-alone route, having abseiled in) otherwise 45m E1 5b 5a in combination with pitch 1 of ''The Dreaming.''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Ryan,. 5 August 1989&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m  5a.  Follow a good crack, easily and spectacularly to a crack on the left side of the overhang. Climb this to the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE DREAMING''' 	45m	E1 5b, 5b&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, S. Gallwey, 10 May 1989&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start on the clean slab of rock two-thirds of the way up the left-hand-side of the gully, under some broken-looking rock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
(1)25m 5b Traverse onto the slab from the gully. Climb the slab on good holds until forced into a long and blind reach to the left for a good jug.  Climb up steeply through an overhanging groove, with some potentially-loose rock, then up more easily  (veer slightly left to simplify matters) and belay on a comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5c Variation, pitch 1: instead of following the overhanging groove rightwards, make a thin committing move to the left, and straight up. (G. Fogg 16/5/2023).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Start''' From below the slab, follow the undercut corner and continue in a straight line along the left-hand-side of the slab to gain the flake and the original line.  Perplexing start (6a) to the corner and thin moves (5c) on the slab.  G. Fogg 17/7/2022 onsight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(2) 20 m. Climb up the slab to the overhang, which is turned to the right. Follow the crack on the arête to the top (not visible from belay).&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
'''Direct Finish 		E1 5b'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, J. Hennessey. May 1991&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
From the belay ledge, continue directly through the overhang onto the headwall. Spectacular.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
ASYLUM SEEKING 15m HVS 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The corner to the left of Political World&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, M Lyng&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''POLITICAL WORLD''' 	15m	S 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
J Bergin, S Gallwey, 22 April, 1990&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb follows the right edge of a steep wall near the top of the western gully higher up the gully than the start of The Dreaming. Start at an obvious leftward trending ramp. Climb this ramp with confidence until it is possible to place protection behind a large flake. Step left onto the wall and climb trending right, up a crack and steeply to the top. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
At the top of the gully, two short cleaned lines diverge in a narrow vee from the same start:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''DUMP TRUMP'''  10m  HS 4b/c &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The left-hand line follows the corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, G. Horgan&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THUMP TRUMP''' 10m VS 4c/5a &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The crack to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, A. Widger&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following two climbs are on the corner of the right-hand buttress as you enter the above gully.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BROKEN DREAMS'''     18m HS 3c&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J.O'Keeffe J. Horgan June 9th 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start 5m Left &amp;amp; 7m higher up of Big Bang Theory&lt;br /&gt;
Climb obvious crack line for 8m, traverse left for 1.5m (Crux) then up slab section over obvious spikes (good protection) the route then joins into big bang theory.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Tat has been placed for abseiling off both routes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''BIG BANG THEORY''' 	25m	HS 4a&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
J. Bergin, R. Smith, Early 2000's &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Starting 5m right of the entrance to the large gully described in the above climbs on a West facing wall overlooking the main coum. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Well protected for the top 18m or so of the climb, Big Bang Theory follows a varied width corner crack for the majority of the route. The crux is at approx 19m and involves exiting the crack/corner. After passing the crux proceed for 6m over a large block to belay. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The top belay should be checked for loose rock but the stance is quite spacious and affords great views of the Mahon valley. &lt;br /&gt;
Abseil descent off large block to gully floor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''The following climbs''' ( ''Waterfall Slabs, Toadpipe, Raving, Screwtape )'' '''were originally stated as being in Foill an Priosun, but best efforts at locating them place them on the North-East cliff (South-West facing) in Coum Mahon. This is on the basis of identifying and repeating Waterfall Slabs.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''*****************************************************************'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B.  The following routes are described, in order, from East (right) to West (left).'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''WATERFALL SLABS''' 	46m	D&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Joss Lynam, solo, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The obvious water-worn slabs at the east end of the crag. Start just east of the right hand stream, cross it after about 12m and go up the slabs between the two streams to the top. Conglomerate - fairly sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE''' 	73m	VD&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Tom Wolfe, Joss Lynam, (alt leads), 20 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This climb is just to the left of the second big grass gully west from the waterfall. The gully is distinguishable by a rock island in its lower part. Start at the foot of a small slabby buttress. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 24m. Climb the buttress and scramble up grass to the foot of a wall. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 12m. Climb the wall moving left. , then right to a ledge. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 9m. Climb the wall above the ledge. Go diagonally left. , then move right just below a grass ledge and climb into a recess. Conglomerate - fairly sound. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 9m. Pull out of the recess, up rock, and then steep grass to the foot of a chimney in a corner. Conglomerate - fairly sound. The chimney is the logical finish, but it is very loose (sandstone) and the climb was finished as follows - &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 5. 18m. Traverse left round a corner into a grassy recess and then climb a chimney to easy ground. Sandstone - loose.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''TOADPIPE DIRECT'''  71m   VS  4b, 4b, 4b, 4c/5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In trying to find the fit between the physical features of this buttress and the written description of ''Toadpipe ,'' the conclusion is reached that that route follows ‘the line of least resistance’ .  At the top, in particular, the only possible match with the loose sandstone chimneys mentioned, is on heather up the scruffy right hand side of the buttress.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The ''Direct'' route takes an uncompromising line up the centre of the buttress, heading for the large right-facing corner at the top.  The climbing is not difficult but the exposure is considerable and protection minimal, including at the belays.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  28m  4b  A show of intent is given by climbing straight through the overhang halfway up (having placed the first and last protection of the pitch) rather than skirting around it to the left.   Continue up heather to the next rock wall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  22m  4b  Straight up to a good ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.  15m  4b  To corner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4.  6m  4c/5a  Corner to top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  16/9/2024  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUPER FLUMINA'''  82m E1 3c 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This goes up the centre, to the highest point of the ''Screwtape/Raving'' buttress, going straight through some unlikely-looking overhanging territory in its the upper reaches.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Start: 20m to the right of the rib of ''Raving.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 30m 3c  Scramble up the 45 degree sloping ramp leftwards to a little bay, backed by a clean rock face and a poor belay at its left-hand side.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 24m 5a Traverse right atop a thin sheet of soggy vegetation to a wet corner and good anchors. Climb up here, going out from the corner to the arete. Continue up the edge of a large flake, pass behind this, and up another arete to a large grassy ledge.  This ledge has been otherwise untroubled by the feet of men or beasts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 28m 5b Climb up from where you arrived at the ledge, being careful not to dislodge the loose blocks near the arete and continue up the grooves above.  These grooves are the product of two intersecting sets of vertical joints that here give rise to a series of grooves of about 60 degrees, separated from their neighbours by little aretes of a similar angle, producing, in this part of the cliff only, a columnar appearance to the rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 14/8/2024&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The first two pitches were climbed on sight.  The top 10m of the top pitch  was glanced at, but not touched, two years earlier on abseil in a scan of the likely feasibility of the line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''RAVING''' 	137m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Niall Rice, R. Kinsella, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - To the right of Screwtape &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. Up the obvious rib. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. Loose rock to a belay in the corner. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. A steep wall to easier ground. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. Traverse left and finish up last pitch of Screwtape. (There is a direct finish but it is loose and was not led).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE''' 	79m	HS&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Christy Rice, Paddy O'Brien, Joss Lynam, 19 July 1969&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Start - Just right of a deep gully, the third from the waterfall slabs below a big nose. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 1. 18m. Up a few feet, then move left onto the nose, up, back R. and straight up to a ledge. (Conglomerate - rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 2. 15m. Up the wall on the left, then R. , then L. round the bulge and up easily to the bridge of the nose (Conglomerate - very rotten). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 3. 24m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. Then traverse R. on loose flakes and climb up into the recess, (Sandstone - loose). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt; 4. 21m. Up grass slopes heading for the L. edge of the big buttress above. but for more interest, traverse R. down a grassy ramp, swing round onto a rib, and climb it to the top. (Sandstone).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Screwtape Revisited&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is evidence, on both sides of the valley for the squeezing of the rocks, at some time, along an axis approximately SE - NW.  This is most apparent in the finer-grained layers, resulting in a cleavage at a high angle to the more-or-less horizontal lie of the beds.  It can also be seen, though less-well developed in the coarser-grained conglomerate.  Screwtape is a good place to observe this!&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The 1969 group was a strong party of experienced climbers.  However, it seems likely that most of their experience would have been on granite - in Dalkey, Wicklow and further afield - including in the Greater Ranges.  It is unsurprising then that they were not impressed by the seemingly-flaky nature of the rock that they found.  So what is the climbing like??    The first two pitches are easy to follow.  Above that, the description is less clear, due to:  1) the lack of an obvious line and;  2) the difficulty of identifying the feature described as ‘the big buttress above’.  Nonetheless, there is good climbing to be had.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SCREWTAPE REVISITED'''  80m  E1  4c, 4c, Diff, 5b, 5a&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 18m 4c  Good climbing as described.  Rock: flaky-looking but, treated with respect, good.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 15m 4c As described.  Rock quality of initial wall excellent; then a scramble to a little col.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 20m Diff.  A little bit of easy rock, then grass, then more easy rock and more grass.  Rock quality: irrelevant.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. 20m 5b   Go up easily to a little rock wall above a patch of small willows and place some good protection.  Then, descend to the right, behind the trees, to the edge of the void.  [It might be necessary to pull up one rope and throw it back down, so that it can be clear of the trees.]  Edge gingerly across to gain the undercut arete, avoiding some suspect flakes.  A couple of moves brings you to a position of remarkable exposure - standing on a small square jutting block, with 60m of fresh air beneath your feet.  Go around the arete and make some technical moves to a ledge.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. 10m 5a  The previous pitch brings you to the lower end of a grassy ramp - and to the ‘more interesting’ finish of the 1969 party.  Climb the rib as described.  Rock quality: excellent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitches 1,2,3,5 C. Rice,  P. O Brien, J. Lynam  19/7/1969   Pitch 4  G. Fogg, M. Griffin 17/9/2020 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AT THE PITTES BRINKE'''  65m  E1 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20m to the right of ''The  Line'', a moist corner slants across to the left at an angle of 30 degrees to meet an overlap at 10m.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  38m  5a  Start a couple of metres left of the corner and climb the slab, heading for the junction between corner and overlap. Good protection can be found here for the move through the overlap.  On the slab above, follow the left slanting crack until it becomes a small corner and here climb the little arete to grass and gear (30m).    Make a rising traverse across grass and woodrush for 8m to a good stance below the square arete.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  27m  5b/c  climb the arete, mostly on its right hand side to its apex.  Then, move boldly right, following a thin curving undercut crack onto the hanging slab.  Thin moves  but with some good protection, lead up past a fist-sized slot to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin 8/4/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Abseiled previously to check the availability of protection above the overlap on pitch one and for some cleaning at the overlap. Little or no account was taken of the second pitch.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''THE LINE'''  65m  E2 5b 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: In the centre of the cliff, mid-way between ''Jacob’s Ladder'' and ''Screwtape.''  The first pitch climbs the ruler-straight left-facing corner; the second pitch continues up the left side of the light-coloured prow above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  40m 5b.   Easy ground, then keep to the slab to the right until you can step left onto the grass pad in the corner.  Above, the back wall bulges.  Getting up this is the crux and the gear here is small, hard to find and hard to trust but   ‘be ye men of valour’ , there are better holds and gear-placements above.  Follow the corner to its very end (including the grassy top) to belay immediately below the headwall.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5b  Follow the cracks above the belay.  Holds and gear placements abound but the wall overhangs slightly making it quite pumpy.  The angle eases towards the top.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  25/9/2022.  Abseiled previously to remove the carpet of grass turf in the corner of pitch 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''AND I SAW A NEW HEAVEN'''  68m E1 5a 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
An excellent route with a good variety of climbing.  The first pitch may look a little scruffy and ill-defined but the climbing is good and the route makes perfect sense when you are on it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: Midway between ''Jacob’s Ladder''  and ''The Line'', is a poorly-defined, broken A-shaped buttress, just to the right of the start of ''Artemis'' and ''Apollo''; at its base is a clean 8m slab at a comfortable angle.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 38m 5a  Climb the slab (unprotected) then move left to rough rock.  Go up the arete and then the left-slanting corner, then up a steep crack.  This leads to a near-vertical grass sheet.  Before this is reached, a broken crack joins from the right.  Follow this at an easier angle, over vegetation and go up past a square jammed flake of unknown security to belay in a corner beside a patch of furze.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 30m 5b  From the belay, move out boldly right onto the clean jutting nose. Climb to the top of this (good nuts in a crack) and move to the right into a rectangular recess resembling a door-case, complete with a square-cut lintel making a little roof at the top.  Exit left into the generous cleaned groove and continue up into the clean corner above.  Go up past the peg to the top of the corner and top out to the right &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  Pitch 1  29/4/2025  on sight.  Full route 18/6/2025&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The route was first attempted on 29/4.  The first pitch received extensive cleaning with an ice-axe on lead. The second pitch was not amenable to on-sight cleaning and, in its uncleaned state did not seem ‘justifiable’ , and a different (though not easier or safer) line was taken to the left.  This was written up at the time as ''Sicut Cervus E2 5a 5b'' but can safely be relegated to the position of footnote.  The corner and (especially) the groove were cleaned  a week later on abseil and, because the climbing seemed thin and the protection seemed lacking, a peg was put in.  As it turns out, the peg wasn't really necessary but it is still reassuring for the final crux move topping out.  If your ethics or conscience do not allow you to clip it, then don’t .  Either way, only God (and your second) will know and no one will care.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ARTEMIS'''  80m  E2 5a 5b/c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: 10m to the right (East) of ''Unseen Things Above,'' the first pitch climbs the left-slanting groove between the flake/buttress and the wall behind.   (''Unseen Things'' climbs the left edge of this buttress).  The groove is vegetated but this is of no consequence since the climbing consists of bridging between the edge of the flake and the clean, solid and delightfully knobbly back wall.  The top 25m of the second pitch is superb high-quality climbing on clean rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  35m 5a.   Up a couple of metres of vegetation to reach rock and then the groove.  Bridge up this to a grassy belay.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 5b/c.  From the belay, go up and right over easy ground for 20m towards the (very small) corner in the centre of the face.   Where the rock steepens, follow the edge of the triangular flake to the base of the corner .  This is marked by a small square plate jutting from a slot.  Climb confidently to the top, finding good protection from small nuts for most of the way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022   The first pitch was climbed on sight.  An attempt was made on the second but, when no crack was found in the back of the corner, and with no sign of gear-placements visible from below, it seemed unwise to continue (‘Fain would I climb but yet fear I to fall’).  An easier line was then taken to the top and a cursory examination and perfunctory clean made on abseil, consistent with safety.  The easier line, at 4c, combines with the first pitch to give an excursion at HVS as follows:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''APOLLO'''  80m HVS 5a 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 35m 5a  Pitch 1 of ''Artemis.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  45m 4c  From the belay, go up and slightly left towards a stunted (pedunculate-) oak tree.  Squirm past this on the right and follow a good edge and crack towards a (scary-looking but actually sound) hanging flake.  Pass this on the left to the top. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg, M. Griffin  28/8/2022  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''UNSEEN THINGS ABOVE'''   80m  E2 5b 5c 5b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location:  ''Jacob’s Ladder'' is easily identified by the detached block at its base.  The bay to the right (East) of it is defined on its right hand side by an obvious overhanging corner/groove. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  30m 5b  Climb the groove, exiting right into a good belay nest.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  25m 5c  From the belay, traverse delicately left for two metres to a narrow grass ledge and follow the crack up to the slot above.  Intricate climbing through this leads to a grassy platform.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. 25m 5b.  From the belay, go up and, on the left of the arete, pull strenuously up the flake-crack to a stance and then, to avoid thin suspect flakes, keep left and climb spectacularly up the edge of the thin-but-solid sharp arete to its top.  From here, protection can be found in the bottom of the crack to the left, which separates the glass-smooth slab from heathery rock. The top is a few metres up.  Walk off from here i.e. below the top band of rock.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg (1,3)  H. Fogg (2)  M. Griffin  7/8/2022  On sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''JACOB'S LADDER''' 	82m	HS [original grade - but read to the end]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
R. J. Wathen, K. I. Meldrum 1957&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
This is a good climb in a good situation. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route climbs the stepped-ladder feature, one third of the way down the crag from Mahon Falls, that forms the right-hand boundary of the large wide-vee gully. The left-hand branch of this gully provides a convenient [if somewhat sketchy] descent.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The route starts from a detached boulder.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. 25m.  Climb straight up the face of the rib to grassy top.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. 35m.  Up slab and obvious vee-chimney.  Continue up smooth slab to grass ledge.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. 22m.  Up slab to ledge in a little bay. The finish is up the left hand side. Described originally as ‘a much harder peg crux’ , this ‘last ten feet’ has to be 5b, is insecure, and the gear would not stop you from hitting the ledge and it seems most likely that this section was aided using the peg. The last projecting remains of the peg fell away to the touch in August 2023.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''ART THOU ELIAS?'''  60m VS  4c 4c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: This is the stepped arete opposite ''Jacob’s Ladder'' , across the mouth of the forked gully.  It is the next gully right (East) from Dreaming Gully. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  20m  4c + 10m to the belay.  Start just left of the ‘Plank’ and follow the rough crack which snakes up to a little overhang at the top.  Go through the centre of this overhang to a lovely little promontory. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m Severe, except for one 4c move as described:  At the overhanging split nose, move up to the right and make an exciting move onto a small flat foothold just above the overhang on the point of the nose, and continue up the groove.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Scramble up to the terrace and descend via Dreaming Gully (Forked Gully not recommended without prior knowledge).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pitch 2 G. Fogg, M. Griffin 10/5/2023 on sight.  Pitch 1 G. Fogg, M. Griffin, R. Power 16/5/2023 on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''SUMMER  OF ‘69'''  63m HVS 4c 4c 4b&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: About 60m right from ''Dreaming Gully'' - mid-way between it and ''Forked Gully'' - is a dark wet blind gully with a jammed square block.  The route starts at the right hand side of this gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. 28m 4c Climb the rib, heading for the corner above. A considered, cautious approach to the rock is indicated for the rib. At the band of vegetation, follow the crack on the left and up heather to belay below the corner.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. 25m 4c Good climbing up the corner, with good gear.  Belay at the comfortable ledge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3.10m 4b Climb up and to the right towards the attractive face of the overhanging prow and up this easily but spectacularly to belay above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Cross the heather isthmus and up the easy-angled slab to the terrace.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G. Fogg, M Griffin  3/9/2023  on sight.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''CAMEL MEETS NEEDLE'''  80m E2 4c 5c&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Location: mid-way between Dreaming Gully and Forked Gully is the blind gully/chimney with the jammed blocks mentioned above.  Ten or twelve metres left from this, a scruffy arete slants up to converge at the same point at the top.  This arete is an obvious feature and draws the eye as you approach the Falls.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.  50m 4c  Start below the arete, which is undercut at the bottom.  Surmount the overhang (gear available below it) to gain the arete.  Continue for 50m to the bare rock pillar.  Some vegetation must be passed on the journey up.  Protection is well-spaced but sufficient.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.  30m 5c  Continue easily and securely to the crux slot. This is awkward and committing: movement is limited by the confines of the slot, and the overlying left wall pushes the climber off balance.  Once the move is initiated, there is no going back, as, because it is undercut here, the feet are lost.  Move right onto the hanging slab, and more-easily up to the cave.  Wriggle through the window to emerge on top.  Good belay anchors are to be found just across the neck, looking down into Forked Gully.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it turns out that you are too well-fed to fit through the window (it is quite small), all is not lost: the rock to the left of the cave is climbable.  Likewise, if defeated by the crux slot, a traverse right from above the belay will take you to the main gully groove, which is fairly-easily climbable at this point (this was checked on abseil). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
G.Fogg,  M. Griffin 11/5/2024   Pitch 1 climbed on sight;  pitch 2 checked, and some minimal cleaning done on abseil.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A note on the grade:'''  The character and challenges of each of the two pitches is so completely different, that coming up with an overall grade is difficult.  The technical crux is stiff, but short and well-protected; the first pitch is not technically difficult but might disconcert those unused to such terrain.  The grade given attempts to take both these considerations into account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''N.B'''   For historical reasons, the routes on the cliff are listed from right (SE) to left (NW)  '''-'''  which is why the route above is the closest to ''Dreaming Gully.''&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Gerry Fogg</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>